Cadillac 1993 Eldorado Owners Manual Owner's

ELDORADO

OWNER'S

LlIERATURE

.-

Henry

M.

Leland,

founder

of

Cadillac,

stad

beside

the

1905

“Osceola” which

was

built

to

evaluate the

feasibility

of

a

closed

bodied

car.

0

D

I

n

P

r

n

Few automobiles are fortunate enough to have the rich

heritage

that

is Cadillac, The name Cadillac is appropriately

that

of

Antoine de

La

Mothe Cadillac, the French military

commander who founded the city of Detroit in

170

1,

What

better name for the oldest automobile manufacturer in Detroit.

Henry

M.

Leland, known as the

master of precision, initiated his pre-

cision manufacturing techniques at

the founding of Cadillac

in

1902.

His exacting

standards prompted the

motto

by

which Cadillac

has been guided over the

years

-

“Craftsmanship

A

Creed -Accuracy

A

Club of England awarded the pres-

tigious

1

to Cadillac twice

.

Law!

The introduction of

the first four cylinder en-

gine in

1905

led the industry and

enabled Cadillacs to travel at speeds

up to

50

mph.

For attention to quality and in-

novation, the Royal Automobile

Dewar

Trophy

1

first in

1908

for achieving

perfect interchangeability

of parts and again in

1912

for introducing the elec-

tric self starter, electric

1

lighting and ignition

svstem.

r,

Cadillac is the only

American manufacturer

b

to win this honor and the

only manufacturer in the world to win

it twice. As commonplace as stan-

dardized parts are today, in

1908

parts

were still individually hand fitted

both in production and service.

n

17

r

P

I-

t

I

r

n

. ..

.

,

..

Standardization opened the eyes of

the industrial world and was the cor-

ner-stone

of

modern

U

production. From this achievement

evolved the reference to Cadillac as

“Standard

of

the World:

In

1909

Cadillac was purchased

by

the then new General Motors

Corporation. Convenience, clean-

liness and all-weather comfort were

greatly enhanced in

1910

when Cad-

illac became the first manufacturer

to offer closed bodies as standard

equipment.

“The Penalty of Leadership”

first appeared in the January

2,

1915

issue

of

The Saturday Evening Post

as an expression of the Cadillac com-

mitment to leadership, quality, and

innovation. It is widely regarded as

one

of

the finest documents ever

written and was published following

the introduction of the first produc-

tion

V8

engine. The

V8

was stan-

dard in all

1915

model Cadillacs.

Many Cadillac “firsts” have fol-

lowed over the years, including the

synchro-mech clashless transmis-

sion, a nation-wide comprehensive

1

cy--

45

O

V-16

Engine

Ir

A

service policy, security plate glass,

chrome plating and the first car to

be designed

by

a stylist

(1927

La-

Salle/Harley Earl). The

’30s

wit-

nessed production of the smooth and

quiet

V12

and

-\

The crisp, contemporary lines of the

1938

60

Special series ushered in

a

new era in styling.

During World War

11,

shortly

after Pearl Harbor, Cadillac discon-

tinued car production for the first

time since

1902

in order to construct

light tanks, combat vehicles and

internal parts for Allison

V1710

en-

gines. Two Cadillac

V8

engines and

Hydra-Matic transmissions were

used in each tank.

A

L

.

.,

J

I

&i

3

.

.-

9

--r

I

r

P

-.

.

_.-

,

-.

J.

.-

For the

1948

model, Cadillac

introduced the legendary

tail

fin

which set the trend in automotive

styling for nearly two decades. This

was followed

by

the 1949 model with

the two door hardtop Coupe DeVille

and the modern overhead valve,

high compression

V8

engine.

-

Engineering innovations, con-

veniences and styling dominated the

'50s

and '60s. Cruise control, auto-

matic climate control,

tilt

and

telescoping steering wheels, twilight

sentinel and four door hard tops all

debuted in these years. In

1957

the

Eldorado Brougham featured ad-

vances such as air suspension, mem-

ory seat, automatic electric

door

locks, transistor radio,

a

brushed

stainless steel roof and low profile

tires.

introduced in

1953,

was redesigned for

1967

as the

first front wheel drive personal lux-

ury car. The

472

cu. in.

V8

engine

used

in

all

Cadillacs in 1968 and

1969

was enlarged to

500

cu. in. for

all

1970 Eldorados.

An Air Cushion Restraint Sys-

tem (airbag) was available for

1974,

1975

and

1976

Cadillacs.

Analog Electronic Fuel Injec-

tion was available, on

1975

Cadillacs

and was standard on the new inter-

national size 1976 Seville. In 1978,

the Trip Computer option incor-

porated an on-board microprocessor.

'T

-

I'

1

i

1

A

1993

Cadillac AllantC in stock

technical configuration, was selected

as the pace car for the

76th

Indianap-

olis

500.

The demanding pace car

performance and handling require-

ments were met because

of

such

advanced systems as the

32

valve,

dual overhead camshaft, Northstar

4.6

liter

V8

engine,

4t80

E

electroni-

cally controlled automatic transaxle,

road sensing suspension, speed sen-

sitive steering, antilock brakes and

traction control.

This rich tradition continues

into the

'90s

as Cadillac became the

first automobile manufacturer to be

awarded the prestigious Malcolm

Baldrige National Quality Award.

The

1992

Seville

STS

is the first

car ever to

win

all three major auto-

motive awards: Car of the Year,

Motor Trend; Ten Best List, Car

&a

Driver; Car of the Year, Automobile

Magazine.

For

more than nine decades

Cadillac has been a leader

in

quality

and

technical innovation.

Now

more

than

ever, substance takes

shape

.

Cadillac

Style

j

I

,'

I

I.

'i.

I

..

i=

0

D

U

R

r

This Cadillac Manual is divided into major sections.

p

1

*!

1

7

Section

1

Introduction

-

How

to

use this Manual

.....................

This section tells you how to use your Manual and includes

Safety and Vehicle Damage Warnings and Symbols

1-SeatsandSafetyBelts

.........................

This section tells you how to use your seats and safety

belts properly.

6’

!

Section

2

-

Features and Controls

........................

This section explains how to start and operate your Cadillac.

I

Section 3

-

Comfort Controls and Audio Systems

..........

143

Q

This section tells you how to adjust the ventilation and

comfort controls and how to operate your Sound System.

r

...................

c

Section

4

-

Your Driving and the Road 163

41

Here you’ll find helpful information and tips about the

road and how

to

drive under different conditions.

-~-

,

‘.

Section

5

-

Problems on the Road

.......................

218

Q

This section tells you what to do if you have a problem

i

while driving, such as a flat tire, or engine overheating.

j

Section 6

-

Service and Appearance Care

.................

258

r

Here the manual tells you how to keep your Cadillac

1..

running properly and looking good.

For more information on “Reporting Safety Defects”, see Owner

Assistance, Page

7.

First Edition

THE

1993

ELDORADO

LITERATURE

Please keep this literature in your Cadillac,

so

it

will

be there

if

you

ever

need

it

when you’re on the road. If you sell the vehicle, please leave this

book

in

it

so

the new owner can use

it.

FOR

CANADL4N

OWERS

WHO

PREFER

A

FRENCH

LANGUAGE

IMANUAL:

Aux

propriktaires canadiens: Vous pouvez vous procurer un exemplaire

de ce guide en franGais chez votre concessionaire

ou

au DGN Marketing

Services Ltd., 1500 Bonhill Rd., Mississauga, Ontario L5T 1C7.

This literature includes the latest information at the time it was printed.

We reserve the right to make changes in the product after that time

without further notice. For vehicles first

sold

in

Canada, substitute the

name “General Motors of Canada Limited’’ for Cadillac Motor Car

Division whenever it appears

in

this literature.

GENERAL MOTORS, GM and the GM Emblem, CADILLAC, and the

CADILLAC Emblem are registered trademarks of General Motors

Corporation.

0

Copyright General Motors Corporation

1992.

All

Rights

Reserved.

!-

!

and controls for your vehicle. In this manual, you’ll find that pictures and

HOW

TO

USE

THIS

MANUAL

Many people read their owner’s manual from beginning to end when they

first receive their new vehicle. This will help you learn about the features

words work together to explain things quickly.

?--

INDEX

A

good place to look for what you need is the Index in back of

the manual. It’s an alphabetical list of all that’s in the manual, and the

page number where you’ll find it.

7--

I

SAFETY

WARNINGS

AND

SYMBOLS

You will find a number of safety cautions in this book. We use yellow and

the word CAUTION to tell you about things that could hurt you if you

I

were to ignore the warning.

In the yellow caution area, we tell you what the hazard is. Then we tell

cautions. If you don’t, you or others could be hurt.

i

you what to do to help avoid or reduce the hazard. Please read these

I-

You will also find a red circle with a slash through it in this book. This

1

safety symbol means “Don’t,’’ “Don’t do this,’’ or “Don’t let this happen.”

Whiele

Damage

Warnings

Also,

in

this

book

you

will

find

these blue notices:

NOTICE:

c-

llese

mean

there

is

DumeLlllng

that

coulh uamage

jucir

vehick.

I

CI

In the blue notice area, we tell you about something that can damage

your vehicle. Many times,

this

damage would not be covered by your

warranty, and it could be costly. But the notice

will

tell you what to do to

help avoid the damage.

r

When you read other manuals, you might see CAUTION and

NOTICE

warnings

in

different colors

or

in

different words. In this manual, we’ve

used the familiar words and colors that Cadillac has used for years.

You’ll

also

see warning labels on your vehicle. They use

the

same colors,

and

the

words CAUTION or NOTICE.

2

7

j

r'

Whicle

Symbols

These are some of the symbols you will find on your vehicle.

For

example,

these symbols are used on an original battery:

A

1

CAUTION

POSSIBLE INJURY

8

AVOID SPARKS

OR

FLAMES

m

I

PROTECT EYES

BY SHIELDING

SPARK OR

FLAME

COULD

EXPLODE BAlTERY

BAlTERY ACID

These symbols are important for you and your passengers whenever your

vehicle is driven:

DOOR

LOCUUNLOCK

I

FASTEN SEAT BELTS

I

POWER

WINDOW

I

3

These

symbols

have

to

do

with

your

lights:

I

MASTER LIGHTING

SWITCH

A

HAZARD WARNING

FLASHER

n

TURN

SIGNALS

LIGHTS

OR

HIGH BEAM

pt

PARKING LIGHTS

I

#O

m

FOG

LAMPS

These

symbols

are

on some

of

your controls:

WINDSHIELD

WIPER &WASHER

REAR WINDOW

DEFOGGER

1

WINDSHIELD

WASHER

1

VENTILATING FAN

I

WINDSHIELD

DEFROSTER

HEADLAMP

WASHER WIPER

4

These

symbols

are

used

on

warning and indicator lights:

I-

I

ENGINE COOLANT

TEMPERATURE

I

/u/L

BATTERY

CHARGING

SYSTEM

u

BRAKE

ENGINE

OIL

PRESSURE

ENGINE

OIL

TEMPERATURE

Here are some other symbols

you

may see:

A

TRUNK HATCHBACK

RELEASE

U

RADIO

SELECTOR

t

l=I

I

LIGHTER

RADIO VOLUME

1

I

HORN

1

RADIATOR

COOLANT

ANTILOCK BRAKE

AIR

CONDITIONING

I

-

SPEAKER

5

1

SECTION

1

I

SEATS

AND

SAFETY

BELTS

Here you’ll find information about the seats in your Cadillac, your

Supplemental Inflatable Restraint “air bag” system and how to use your

safety belts properly.

You

can also learn about some things you should

-

not do with safety belts.

SEATSAND

SEAT

CONTROLS

This section tells you about the seats

--

how to adjust them, and also

about reclining front seatbacks, lumbar adjustments, heated seats, and

head restraints.

Power

Seat

Control

The power seat control switch is located on the outboard side

of

the seat

cushion.

The power control switch moves the seat foward and backward,

up

and

down, and adjusts the angle

of

the seat.

6

Power

Seat

m

0

Movc

thc

front

of

the switch

in

the

direction of the

arrows to make the

front part

of

the

cushion move up or

I

down.

Move the rear

of

the switch in

the

direction

of

the

arrows to make

the

rear part

of

the

cushion move up or

down.

0

Move the whole switch in the direction

of

both arrows to move the

seat

up or down.

or backward.

Move the switch forward or backward to move the whole seat forward

Power

Seatback

Recliner

Move

the

switch

in

the

direction of the arrow

to move the seatback

forward or backward.

But don't have

a

seatback reclined

if

your vehicle

is

moving.

Sifting

in

a

reclined

position

when

your

vehicle

is

in

motion

can

--

I-

'

be

dangerous.

Even

if

you

buckle

up,

your

safety belts

can't-

do

--

n.

'

i

~our;bd$Instea;i,

it

will

be in front

of

y&.

In a'erash

you

COU?:

&&ik

iC--hqiGng

neck

or

other injuries.

be

lip

belt can't

do

its

job

either.

In

a

crash the belt

could

go

.

lip-over yourabdomen. The belt

forces

would

be

there,

not

at

..

-::A

4

..

.

,

+.ggg

.L

-

I--

-

'

-

ycnii.

pelvic

bones; This could cause

serious

internal injuries.

For

proper protection when the vehicle

is

in motion, have the

seatback.upright. Then

sit

well back

in

the seat

and

wear your

safety belt

properly,

LumbarlHeated Seats

....

...

.....

Lumbar Control Option

If

you have this feature, you can change the shape

of

the driver and

passenger seats. It works independently

of

the other seat controls. Use

the power seat control first to get the proper position. Then proceed with

the lumbar adjustment.

The LUMBAR control switches are located on the center console.

You

can control either the

DR

(Driver) or PASS (Passenger) seat.

Move the switch

A

to increase support or to decrease support to

Push the switch

UP

or

DN

(down) to raise or lower

the

support

reshape the lower seatback.

mechanism to suit your preference.

Heated Seat Option

Move the switch to either

LO

or

HI

to turn on the heating element in the

seat.

Designed primarily for use

on

damp and chilly days, the

LO

setting

warms the seatback and cushion until

the

seat approximates body

temperature. On colder days, the

HI

setting hats

the

seats

to

an even

higher temperature.

To

prevent uncomfortable overheating

of

the seats,

the heating elements are thermostatically regulated to automatically

maintain the ternperaturc at

the

selected setting. A telltale light in the

control switch reminds

you

that the heating system is

in

USC.

To preserve

the battery, the heated seats can

only

be used whcn the ignition is turned

on, and are deactivated when the ignition is turned

off.

Head

Restraints

\

9,

Slide the head

restraint

up

or

down

so

that

the

top of the restraint

is

closest to the top

of

your ears.

This

position reduccs

the

chance

of

a

neck

injury in

a

crash. The head

restraints tilt forward and rearward also.

10

Seatback Latches

i':

.

..

The front seatback folds forward to let people get into the back seat.

Your seatback

will

move back and forth freely, unless you come

to

a

sudden stop.

Then

it

will

lock

in

place.

There's one

time

the seatback

may

not

fold

without some help from you.

That's

if

your vchicle is parked going

down

a fairly steep

hill.

To

fold the seatback forward, push the seatback toward the rear as

you

lift this latch.

Then

the

seatback will fold forward.

The

latch must be

down

for

the seat

to

work properly.

11

SAFETY

BELTS:

THEY’RE

FOR

EVERYONE

This

part

of

the manual tells you

how

to use safety belts properly.

It

also

tells you some things you should not do with safety belts.

And it explains the Supplemental Inflatable Restraint, or “air bag”

system.

A

CAUTION:

Don’t let anyone ride where they can’t wear a safety belt

properly.

If

you are

in

a crash and you’re not wearing a

sa

belt, your injuries can be much worse.

You

can hit things

the vehicle

or

be

ejected from it. You can be seriously inj

killed. In the same crash, you might not be if

you

are bu

up.

Always

fasten your safety belt, and check that your

,*-*:.;...

passengers’ belts are fastened properly too.

-1

y*

*‘

This figure lights up when you turn the key to “Run” or “Start” when

your safety belt isn’t buckled, and

you’ll

hear a chime, too. It’s the

reminder to buckle up.

12

In many states and Canadian provinces, the law

says

to wear safety belts.

Here’s

why:

They

work.

You

never know

if

you’ll be in

a

crash.

If

you do have

a

crash, you don’t

know if it will be

a

bad

one.

A

few crashes are very

mild.

In

them, you won’t get hurt even

if

you’re

not buckled up. And some crashes can be

so

serious, like being hit

by

a

train, that even buckled

up

a

person wouldn’t survive. But most crashes

are

in

between. In many

of

them,

people

who

buckle

up

can survive and

sometimes walk away. Without belts they could be badly hurt or killed.

After 25 years

of

safety belts in vehicles, the facts are clear. In most

crashes buckling up does matter

...

a

lot!

I

Why

Safety

Belts

Work

When you ride

in

or

on

anything, you

go

as

fast

as

it

goes.

13

For

example,

if

the

.

,.

..

I

..

,;.*

.

\

F

14

A

i

Take

the

simplest

"vehicle."

Suppose

it's

just

a

seat

on

wheels.

15

Get

it

up

to

speed.

Then

stop

the

“car.”

The rider doesn’t

stop.

..

.

-l

The person keeps

going until stopped

by

something.

In

a

real vehicle, it

I

16

or

the instrument

panel

...

or the safety belts!

With safety belts, you slow down as

the

vehiclc

does.

You

get more time

to

stop.

You

stop over more distance,

and

your strongest bones take th.e

forces. That's why safety belts make

such

good

sense.

17

HERE

ARE

QUESTIONS MANYPEOPLE

ANSWERS

ASKABOUT

SAFETYBELTS

--AND

THE

Q:

Won’t

I

be trapped in the vehicle ajter an accident

if

I’m

wearing a safety

belt?

A:

You

could be

--

whether you’re wearing a safety belt or not. But you

can easily unbuckle a safety belt, even

if

you’re upside down. And

your chance of being conscious during and after an accident,

so

you

can

unbuckle and get out,

is

much greater

if

you are belted.

Q:

Why don

’t

they just put in air bags

so

people won

’t

have to wear safety

belts?

A:

‘Air bags,” or Supplemental Inflatable Restraint systems, are in some

vehicles today and

will

be in more of them in the future. But they are

supplemental systems

only

--

so

they work with safety belts, not

instead

of

them. Every “air bag” system ever offered for sale has

required the use of safety belts. Even

if

you’re in

a

vehicle that has

“

air bags,” you still have to buckle up to get the most protection.

That’s true not only in frontal collisions, but especially in side and

other collisions.

0:

rf

I’m

a good driver, and

I

never drive far

from

home, why should

I

wear

safety belts?

A:

You may

be

an excellent driver, but

if

you’re in

an

accident

--

even

one that isn’t your fault

--

you and your passengers can be hurt.

Being a good driver doesn’t protect you from things beyond your

control, such as bad drivers.

Most accidents occur within

25

miles

(40

km)

of

home. And the

greatest number of serious injuries and deaths occur at speeds of less

than

40

mph

(65

km/h).

Safety belts are for everyone.

18

Safety Belt Reminder Light

When the key

is

turned to “Run”

or

“Start,”

a

light will come on for

about eight seconds to remind people to fasten their safety belts. Unless

the driver’s safety belt is buckled,

a

chime will also sound.

HOW

TO

WEM

SAFETY

BELTS

PROPERLY

Adults

This

section

is

only for people of adult size.

A

CAUTION:

There are special things to know about safety belts and

children. And there are different rules for babies and smaller

children. If a child will be riding in your Cadillac, see the

section after this one, called “Children.” Follow those rules for

everyone’s prot-tion.

19

First,

you’ll want to know which restraint systems your vehicle has.

We’ll start with the driver position.

DRIKER

POSITION

Lap-Shoulder

Belt

The driver has

a

lap-shoulder belt. Here’s how

to

wear

it

properly.

1.

Close

and

lock

the

door.

2.

Adjust the seat

(to

see how,

see

“Seats”

in

the Index)

so

you

can

sit

up

straight.

20

-1

plate and pull the

3. Pick up the latch

belt across you.

Don’t let

it

get

twisted.

4.

Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks.

If the belt

isn’t

long

enough, see “Safety Belt Extender” at

the

end of

this section.

Make sure the release button on the buckle faces upward or outward

so

you

would be able to unbuckle it quickly

if

you

ever had to.

21

The lap part

of

the belt should be worn low and snug on the hips, just

touching the thighs. In a crash, this applies force to the strong pelvic

bones. And you’d be

less

likely to slide under the lap belt. If you slid

under it, the belt would apply force at your abdomen. This could cause

serious

or

even fatal injuries.

The

shoulder belt should

go

over the

shoulder and

across

the

chest. These parts of the body are best able to

take belt restraining forces.

The safety belt locks if there’s a sudden stop or crash.

22

Q:

What’s wrong with this?

A:

The shoulder belt

is

too

loose.

It

won’t

give nearly

as

much

protection this way.

I

A

CAUTION:

You

can

be

seriously

hurt

if your shoulder belt is too loose.

In

a

crash you would

move

forward too much, which could increase

injury. The shoulder belt should

fit

against your body.

23

A:

The belt

is

buckled

in

the

wrong

place.

You can be seriously injured if your belt is buckled in the wrong

place like this. In

a

crash, the belt would

go

up over your

abdomen. The belt forces would be there, not at the pelvic

bones. This could cause serious internal injuries. Always buckle

your belt into the buckle nearest you.

I

24

Q: What’s wrong with this?

A:

The shoulder belt

is

worn under the arm.

It

should be worn

over

the

shoulder

at

all times.

A

CAUTION:

You

can be seriously injured if you wear the shoulder belt under

your arm. In a crash, your body would move too far forward,

which would increase the chance of head and neck injury.

Also,

the belt would apply too much force

to

the ribs, which aren’t as

strong

as

shoulder bones.

You

could also severely injure

terna- ~ rgan5 --ke your liver or

sp’

m.

25

Q:

What’s

wrong

with this?

A:

The

belt

is twisted across

the

body.

You can be seriously injured

by

a

twisted belt; In

a

crash,

you

wouldn’t have the full width

of

the belt to spread impact

forces.

If

a belt is twisted,

make

it

straight

so

it can work properly,

or

ad-

--our

dealer

to

fix

it.

26

To

unlatch the belt,

just push the button

on

the buckle. The

belt

should

go

back

out of the way.

Before you close the door, be sure the belt

is

out of the way. If you slam

the door on it, you can damage both the belt and your

vehicle.

SUPPLEMENTAL

INFUTMLE

RESTUNT

SYSTEM

(AIR

BAGS)

This section explains

the

Supplemental Inflatable Restraint

(SIR),

or

“air

bag,” system. Your Cadillac has an air bag

for

the driver

and

for the

right-front passenger.

Here’s the most important thing

to

know:

Even

with

an

air‘

bag,

if

youk

not

wearing

;a

safety

Jjelt

and

you’re

in

a

crash,

your

injuries

may

be

much

worse.

Air,

bags

are

*

not

designed

to’

inflate

in

rollovers

or

in

rear,

side

or

low-speed

frontal

crashes.

You

need

to

wear

your

safety

belt

to

reduce the

chance

of

hitting things

inside

the

vehicle

or

being

ejected

Prom

it.

Always

wear

your

safety

belt9

even

with

an

air

bag.

27

A

CAUTION

Air

bags

inflate with great

force,

faster than the

blink

of

an

eye.

:

If

you’re too close

to

an inflating air bag, it

could-

seriously

injure

you.

Safety belts help keep

you

in position

for

an

air

bag

inflation in

a

crash,

Always

wear your safety belt, even with

-an-

;74

-+<

.

v

,

.

.4:2

-

fair

bag,

and

the driver should

sit

as

far

back

as possible

2.

-‘r

I

-.

r:

’

still maintaining control

of

the vehicle.

An

inflating

air

bag

can seriously injure small children..

-Always

.secure

children properly in your

vehicle,

To

read

how,

see

the

“Children

and

Safety Belts” section

of

this

manual,

andmad

the caution label

on

the front-passenger’s safety

belt,

Air

Bag

System

Light

There

is

an air bag readiness light

on

the instrument panel. The system

checks itself and the light tells you

if

there

is

a

problem.

INFL.

REST.

INFLATABLE

RESTRAINT

You

will see this light

flash for a few seconds

when you

turn

your

ignition to

“Run”

or

“Start.” Then the light

should go out, which

means the system

is

ready.

1

28

I

How The

Air

Bag

System

Works

Where is the air bag?

The driver’s air bag is

in

the middle of the steering wheel.

If

your vehicle

has a right-front passenger air bag, it

is

located

in

the instrument panel

on

the passenger’s side.

When is an air bag expected to inflate?

The air bag

is

designed to inflate in moderate

to

severe frontal or

near-frontal crashes. The air bag

will

only inflate

if

the velocity

of

the

impact

is

above the designed threshold level. When impacting straight

into a wall that does

not

move or deform, the threshold level for most

29

GM

vehicles

is

between

9

and

14

mph. However, this velocity threshold

depends on the vehicle design and may be several miles-per-hour faster

or slower. In addition, this threshold velocity

will

be considerably higher

if

the vehicle strikes an object such as a parked car which will move and

deform

on

impact. The air bag is also not designed to inflate

in

rollovers,

side impacts, or rear impacts where the inflation would provide

no

occupant protection benefit.

In any particular crash, the determination

of

whether the air bag should

have inflated cannot be based solely on the level

of

damage on the

vehicle(s). Inflation is determined by the angle

of

the impact and the

vehicle’s deceleration,

of

which vehicle damage is only one indication.

Repair cost is not a good indicator

of

whether an air bag should have

deployed.

What makes an air bag inflate?

In

a

frontal or near-frontal impact

of

sufficient severity, sensors

strategically located

on

the vehicle detect that the vehicle is suddenly

stopping as a result

of

a crash. These sensors complete

an

electrical

circuit, triggering a chemical reaction

of

the sodium azide sealed

in

the

inflator. The reaction produces nitrogen gas, which inflates a cloth bag.

The inflator, cloth bag, and related hardware are all part of the air bag

inflator modules packed inside the steering wheel and in the instrument

panel in front of the passenger

if

there is a passenger air bag.

How

does an air bag restrain?

In moderate to severe frontal

or

near-frontal collisions, even belted

occupants can contact the steering wheel or the instrument panel. The air

bag supplements the protection provided by safety belts. Air bags

distribute the force of the impact more evenly over the occupant’s upper

body, stopping the occupant more gradually. But air bags would not

provide protection

in

many types

of

collisions, including rollovers and

rear and side impacts, primarily because an occupant’s motion is not

toward the air bag. Air bags should never be regarded as anything more

than a supplement to safety belt protection in moderate to severe frontal

and near-frontal collisions.

What

will

you

see after an air bag inflation?

After the air bag has inflated, it will then quickly deflate.

This

occurs

so

quickly that some people may

not

even realize that the air bag inflated.

The air bag

will

not

impede the driver’s vision or ability to steer the

30

vehicle,

nor

will

it hinder the occupants from exiting the vehicle. There

will

be small amounts

of

smoke coming from vents

in

the deflated air

bags. Some components

of

the air bag module

in

the steering wheel hub

for the driver's

air

bag

or

the instrument panel

for

the passenger's bag

may

be hot for

a

short time, but the portion

of

the

bag that comes into

contact

with

you

will

not

be hot to the touch.

The

nitrogen gas used to

inflate the air bag

will

have

vented into the passenger compartment, and

the

bag

will

be deflated

within

seconds after the collision. Nitrogen makes

up about

80%

of

the air we breathe and

is

not

hazardous.

As

the nitrogen

vents from the bag, small particles are also vented into the passenger

compartment.

In

many crashes severe enough to inflate an air bag, windshields are

broken

by

vehicle deformation. Additional windshield breakage may

occur in vehicles with passenger air bags because the windshield acts as a

reaction surface

for

the inflating air

bag.

..

.i.

,<-

-

Don't set anything on or attach anything to the instrument

L;::,::.:;

':

-2:

.

_.

-

.

..

panel.

It

might injure the passenger if the air bag

inflates.1-1.:6:..:.--r~

._

-.,

:.<'.:.,..::--.

..-;;

.

;:*

The

air

bags are designed to inflate only once. After thed

.-

G.-~~;,>.:i8

inflate, you'll need some new parts for your

air

bag system.

If

'i2.

2:

you don't get them, the air bag system won't he there to help

-.,is::,-:.::

protect you in another crash.

A

new system

,~.ill

include air

.

-.

bag modules and possibly other parts

.~~

p;.

-

. .

--

:.

- -

--

-

.

-

yj-;-..

;c:=g.*

-

,

:.

.-

-.

.:

__

..I

.

-,

--

.

.:

.

-

$-.

.I

,

:>.:-

'

:

~

:--

-

.r-

.

Yx

~

.?

:

.

.;

_.

r-

I-.

,

-

.

2-

*.:=

,,-L

.

--

.

. .-

Let only qualified technicians work on your

air

bag

system

.

-

:

-.-

:.

Improper service can mean that your air bao

cvctem

wnn'fc--;-

.

':.?

>,

work properly. See your dealer for service.

..

:..

-

.

..

--

-

.-

..

,,

..

.

-

.-

~.

,

.

.:---,

,

.

.-

--

.,

-

~

..

,.

-.

.

.-

-

..

.

.-

,

-

-. ..

. .--

-

,.

-.-

..

.

.-

,.

-

.-x-

-

..

. .. .

.-

31

L

If

you

damage the cove

Dr

!

righ

roI--

I

Ssenger’ ir

baL,

it

may

not work properly.

You

may have to redace both the air

ag and le

i

trument panel.

non’t

onen

(1

weak

the

sir

hw

cover

-

Sewicing

Your

Cadillac

with

the

Air

Bag

System

Please tell or remind anyone who works on your Cadillac that it has the

air bag system. There are parts

of

thc air

bag

system

in

several places

around your vehicle.

You

don’t want thc systcm to inflate while someonc

is

working on your vchicle.Tl1e air

bag

system docs not need regular

maintenance. Your Cadillac dcalcr and the

1993

Cadillac Service Manual

have information about the air bag system, including repair or disposal.

A

CAUTION:

For up

to

10

minutes after the ignition key is turned

off

and the

battery disconnected, an air bag can still inflate during

improper service. You can be injured if you are close

to

an air

bag when it inflates. Be sure to follow the proper service

nrocedu

-

When electrical work is done under the hood or inside

your

vehicle, the

ignition should be

in

“Lock”

if

possible.

Avoid wires wrapped with yellow

tape,

or

yellow connectors. They are probably part

of

the air

bag

system.

Your vehicle has the driver’s air

bag

only.

The

driver’s air bag must be

disconnected

if

the ignition

has

to be

on

for electrical work or if the the

steering column is

to

be disassembled. Disconnect the driver’s air bag like

this:

Turn

off

the ignition.

Remove the SIR (air bag) fuse (see “Fuses and Circuit Breakers” in

the Index).

Disconnect the

yellow

connector at the base of

the

steering column.

32

Your vehicle also has the right-front passenger’s air bag. Both the driver’s

air bag and the right-front passenger’s air bag must

be

disconnected

if

the

ignition

has

to

be

on

for electrical work, or

if

thc steering column or

instrument panel

is

to be disasscmbled.

Your vehicles with both a driver’s air bag and

a

right-front passenger’s air

bag, you must disconnect both air bags. Follow the procedure above for

the driver’s air bag,

then

disconnect the right-front passenger’s air bag

like this:

Turn

off

ignition.

Remove

the

SIR (air bag) fuse (see “Fuses and Circuit Breakers”

in

the Index).

Remove the trap door located inside the glove

box.

Disconnect the yellow connector.

When the work is complete,

if

the air bag system was disconnected, be

sure to reattach everything and replace the fuse. before turning the

ignition

on.

When

you

turn the ignition key on, be sure you see

the

inflatable restraint light on the instrument panel.

If

you

don’t see this

light

flash

and then go out as usual, have your air bag system repaired.

SAFETYBELT

USE

DURING PREGNANCY

Safety belts work for everyone, including pregnant women. Like all

occupants, they are more likely to be seriously injured

if

they don’t wear

safety belts.

A

pregnant woman should wear

a

lap-shoulder belt, and the lap portion

should be worn

as

low as possible throughout the pregnancy.

33

I

..

The best

way

to

protect the fetus is to protect the mother. When a safety

belt is worn

properly,

it’s more likely that tlw fctus won’t be hurt

in

a

crash. For pregnant womcn,

as

for anyone, the key to making safety bclts

effective

is

wearing them properly.

RIGHT

FRONT

PASSENGER POSITION

The

right front passenger’s safety

belt

works thc same way

as

the driver’s

safety belt. See “Driver Position,” earlier

in

this part.

When the

lap

portion

of

the bclt

is

pullcd

out

all

the

way,

it

will

lock.

If

it

does, let

it

go back all the way and start again.

34

REAR

SEAT

PASSENGERS

It’s

vely

important for rear

seat

passengers to buckle

up!

Accident

statistics show that unbelted

people

in the. rear seat are hurt more often

in

crashes than those who are wearing safety belts.

Rear passengers

who

aren’t safety belted can be thrown out

of

the vehicle

in

a crash. And they can strike others

in

the vehicle who are wearing

safety be.lts.

Rear Seat Outside Passenger Positions

The positions next to the windows have lap-shoulder belts. Here’s how to

wear

one

properly.

35

1.

Pick

up

the latch

plate

and

pull

the

belt

across

you.

Don't

let

it

get

twisted.

2.

Push the latch plate into

thc

bucklc

until

it

clicks.

If

thc

belt

stops

before

it

reaches

the

buckle,

tilt

the

latch

plate

and

keep

pulling

until

you

can

buckle it.

36

If

the belt

is

not long enough,

scc

“Safety Belt Extender” at the end

of

this section. Make sure the release button

on

the buckle

faces

upward

or

outward

so

you

would

be

able to

unbucklc

it quickly

if

you evcr had

to.

4’

3.

To

make

the

lap

part tight,

pull

buckle end

of

the

belt

as

you

pull

up

on the shoulder

past.

.-

down on

the

37

The lap part

of

the belt should be worn

low

and snug on the hips, just

touching the thighs. In a crash, this applies force to the strong pelvic

bones. And you'd be less

likely

to slide under the lap belt.

If

you slid

under it, the belt would apply force at your abdomen. This could cause

serious or even fatal injuries. The shoulder belt should go over the

shoulder and across the chest. These parts

of

the body are best able to

take belt restraining forces.

The safety belt locks

if

there's

a

sudden stop

or

a crash.

A

CAUTION:

You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder belt

is

too loose. In a

crash you would move forward too much, which could increase

injury.

The

shoulder belt should

fit

against your body.

38

I

0

To

unlatch the

belt,

just

push

the

button

on

the

buckle.

CENTER PASSENGER POSITION

Your

vehicle has

a

rear bench seat. Someone can sit

in

the

center

position.

39

When you sit in a

center seating

position, you have

a

lap safety belt, which

has no retractor.

To

make the belt longer,

tilt the latch plate

and pull it along the

belt.

To

make the belt

shorter, pull its free

end

as

shown until

the belt is snug.

Buckle, position and release it the same way as the lap part of a

1,

lap-shoulder belt.

If

the belt isn’t long enough, see “Safety Belt Extender”

I

at the end

of

this section.

Make sure the release button on the buckle faces upward or outward

so

I

you would be able to unbuckle it quickly if you ever had to.

0

40

U

CHILDREN

a

Everyone in a vehicle needs protection! That includes infants and

all

children smaller than adult size. In fact, the

law

in

every

state and

Canadian province says children up to

some

age must

be

restrained while

in

a vehicle.

41

Smaller Children and Babies

--3

.

.-

-

CAUTION:

:.,$

;

.

,

,_

. Smaller children and babies should always be restrained in

a

:-child or hifant restraint. The instructions

for

the restraint will

.

~

young

child's hie 'bones are

so

small that

a

regular belt might

.

.:

-not'stay

low

on.the hips, as it should. Instead, the belt will likely

~y

whether it

.is

the right type and size-for .your. child,

A

very

;2-*-,.

..-

--

-

. .

1

...

Q

..

-,

-

I-!:,:

:be

Ovir

.the

ihild's,

abdomen.

In

a

crash the, belt would apply

'-2-

i.

;-foice

right

on

the. child's abdomen, which

could

caus-e serious

:or*'-!'

'

.

._

-fatal

.

..

injuries;

So,

be sure that

any

child smakenough

for

one is

-,

..

diivays properly restrained

in

a child or infant restraint.

%$;

..

--

I

t

..a

--.

..

-. hold

a

baby, in

your

arms while riding in

a

vehicle, A'baby'.

-

,_

mqesn't weigh

much

--

until-axrash. During a:craih

a

baby

will

..

-

'--

become

so

heavy

ym

can't hold it.

For

example,

iris

crash at

Y

j:.~

.-

-iy

25

mph

(40'km/h],

a

12-pound

,(55

kg)

baby will. suddenly

'';?!;:,

-

..

-.

-

I..!.

-a

b$come

a

240-pound (110

kg)

force-

on your

;-++

a"sI11.s.

T..

:.*-;'$

The

baby

..

,

;

-.-

.

w&ld be almost

-impossible

t&..hold.

-.

.

.&'

c

.

-72.::

:'Gf

I

f

.,2

CAUTION:.(Continued)

-83

.

T*

..

42

43

CHILD

RESTRAIINTS

Be sure to follow the instructions for the restraint.

You

may find these

instructions on the restraint itself or in

a

booklet, or both. These

restraints use the belt system

in

your vehicle, but

the

child also has to be

secured

within

the restraint to help reduce

the

chance of personal injury.

The instructions

that

come

with

the infant or child restraint

will

show

you

how to do that.

where to Put the Restraint

Accident statistics show that children are safer

if

they

are restrained

in

the rear rather than the front seat. We at General Motors therefore

recommend that you put your child restraint

in

the rear seat.

NEVER

put

a rear-facing child restraint

in

the

front passenger seat. Here’s why:

A

CAUTION:

I

A

child in a rear-facing child restraint can be seriously

injured if the right-front passenger’s air bag inflates. This is

because the back of a rear-facing child restraint would be

very close to the inflating air bag.

If

your vehicle has a

right-front passenger’s air bag, always secure a rear-facing

child restraint in the rear seat.

You

may secure a forward-facing child restraint in the right

front seat. However, before securing

a

forward-facing child

restraint,

ALWAYS

move the front passenger seat as far back

as it will go. Or, secure the child restraint in the rear seat.

I

.

1

7,

44

A

CAUTION:

A

child in

a

child restraint in the fhnt-center seat can

be

badly

injured by the passenger

air

bag

if it

inflates.

NEVER

use

a

child

restraintin the front-center seat. It’s always better to secure

a

child restraint in the rear

seat.

You

may,

howwer, secure a

fom-rd-facing child restraint in the right-front passenger seat

only

with

the seat

moved

all

the way back

-I

.I

.

.A

Wherever you

install

it,

be sure

to

secure the child restraint properly.

A

CAUTION:

An

unsecured child restraint can

move

around in

a

collision

or

sudden stop and injure

people

in the vehicle. Be sure to

properly secure any child restraint in your vehicle

--

even when

no

child-is in

it:

.

45

Top

Strap

If

your

child restraint

has

a

top strap, it

should be anchored.

If

you need

to

have an anchor installed, you can

ask

your Cadillac dealer

to put it in for

you.

If you want to install an anchor yourself, your dealer

can

tell you how to do it.

Vehicles first

sold

in

Canada have child restraint anchor bracket hardware

in the glove box, along

with

instructions for installing it. This should be

used only with

a

child restraint, and

only

to

secure

a

child restraint at the

center rear seating position. Additional anchor brackets for child

restraints at one

or

both

of

the

rear outside seating positions are available

at Cadillac dealerships

in

Canada.

46

Securing

a

Child Restraint in a Rear Outside Position

/l

I

You’ll be using the lap-shoulder belt. See the earlier section about the top

strap

if

the child restraint has one.

1.

Put the restraint

on

the seat. Follow the instructions

for

the child

restraint.

2.

Secure the child in the child restraint as the instructions

say.

3.

Pull out the vehicle’s safety belt and run the lap part through or

around the restraint.

The

child restraint instructions will show you

how. Tilt the latch plate to adjust the belt

if

needed.

See

if the shoulder belt would go in front of the child’s face or neck.

If

so, put it behind the child restraint.

47

A

4.

Buckle the belt.

Make sure the

5.

release button

faces upward or

outward,

so

you’ll

be able to

unbuckle it

quickly

if

you

ever

need to.

To

tighten the

belt, pull

up

on

the shoulder belt

while

you

push

down on the child

restraint.

48

I

*

.k

.~ .

..a

-.

6.

Push and

pull

the

child restraint in

different

directions to be

sure it is secure.

To

remove the child restraint, just unbuckle the vehicle’s safety belt and

let it

go

back all the way. The safety belt will move freely again and be

ready to work for an adult

or

larger child passenger.

Securing

a

Child Restraint in the Center Rear Seat

Position

When you secure a child restraint in a center seating position, you’ll be

using the lap belt.

See the earlier section about the top strap if the child restraint has one.

49

1.

Make

the belt

as

long as possible

by

tilting the latch

plate and pulling

it along the belt.

2.

Put the restraint on the seat. Follow the instructions for the child

restraint.

3.

Secure the child

in

the child restraint as the instructions

say.

4.

Run the vehicle's safety belt through

or

around the restraint. The child

restraint instructions will show you how.

5.

Buckle the belt.

Make sure the

release button

faces upward or

outward,

so

you'll

be able

to

unbuckle

it

quickly

if

you

ever

need

to.

6.

To

tighten the belt, pull its

free

end while you

push

down on the child

restraint.

7.

Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it

is

secure. If the child restraint isn't secure, turn the latch plate

over

and

buckle it again. Then see

if

it

is

secure.

If

it isn't, secure the restraint

in a different place in the vehicle and contact the child restraint maker

for their advice.

To

remove the child restraint, just unbuckle the vehicle's safety belt. It

will be ready to work for an adult

or

larger child passenger.

Securing

a

Child

Restraint in the

Right

Front

Seat

Your vehicle has a right-front passenger's air bag.

NEVER

put a

rear-facing child restraint in this position. Here's

why:

I

-.

...

'

--

..-

.

F.

.

,.

*.

..-

-?

..

v-

*-

-;-

&&

-1

A

CAUTZON:

'T.l

*

A

rear-facing child restraint in the front seat could be pushed

into the seatback by the right-front passenger's air bag if it

inflates.

A

child in a rear-facing child restraint can be seriously

injured if this happens. Always secure a rear-facing child

restraint in the rear seat.

You'll be using the lap-shoulder belt. See the earlier section about the top

strap if the child restraint has one.

1.

Always

move

the seat as far back as it

will

go

before securing

a

front-facing child restraint.

2.

Put the restraint on the seat. Follow the instructions for the child

restraint.

3.

Secure the child in

the

child restraint

as

the instructions say.

52

4.

Pull out the

vehicle’s

safety

belt and run the

lap part through

or

around

the

restraint. The

child restraint

instructions will

show you how.

See if the shoulder belt would

go

in

front

of

the child’s

face

or neck. If

SO,

put

it

behind the child restraint.

5.

Buckle the belt.

Make sure the release button faces upward

or

outward, so you’ll be

able

to

unbuckle it quickly

if

you

ever need to.

53

I

6.

Pull

the rest

of

lap belt all the

way out

of

the

retractor to set

the lock.

the

a

54

I

To

remove the child restraint, just unbuckle the vehicle’s safety belt and

let

it

go

back all the way.

The safety belt

will

move freely again and be ready

to

work

for

an adult

or larger child passenger.

55

Larger Children

-

Children who have outgrown child restraints should wear the vehicle's

safety belts.

If

you

have the choice, a child should sit

so

the child

can

wear

a

lap-shoulder belt and get the additional restraint a shoulder belt

can provide.

Accident statistics show that children are safer

if'

they are restrained in

the rear seat. But they need

to

use the safety belts properly.

56

Children who aren’t

buckled

up

can

be

thrown out in

a

crash.

0

Children who

aren’t

buckled

up

can

strike

other

people

who

are.

57

A

CAUTION:

Ne. -do tl

.

Here two children

arc

learing the same belt. The belt can’t

properly spread the impact forces. In

a

crash, the two children

can be crushed together and seriously injured.

A

belt must be

used

by

only one person at

a

time.

Q:

What

if

a

child

is

wearing

a

lap-shoulder belt, but the child

is

so

small that the shoulder belt

is

very close to the child’s face or neck?

A:

Move the child toward the center

of

the vehicle, but be sure that the

shoulder belt still is on the child’s shoulder,

so

that in a crash the

child’s upper body would have the restraint that belts provide.

If

the

child

is

so

small that the shoulder belt

is

still very close

to

the child’s

face or neck,

you

might want to place the child in the center seat

position,

the

one that has only a lap belt.

58

r

A

CAUTION:

Never

do this.

I

IC

Here a child

is

sitting in

a

seat that has a lap-shoulder belt, but

the shoulder part

is

behind the child.

If

the child wears the belt

in this

way,

in a crash the child might slide under the belt. The

belt’s force would then be applied right on the child’s abdomen.

That could cause serious or fatal injuries.

Wherever the child sits, the lap portion

of

the belt should be worn low

and snug on the hips, just touching the child’s thighs. This applies belt

force to the child’s pelvic bones in

a

crash.

59

SAFETYBELT EXTENDER

If

the vehicle’s safety belt will fasten around

you,

you

should use it.

But

if

a safety belt isn’t long enough

to

fasten, your dealer will order

you

an extender. It’s free. When

you

go

in

to

order it, take the heaviest coat

you will wear,

so

the extender will be long enough for you. The extender

will be just for you, and just for the seat in your vehicle that you choose.

Don’t let someone else use it, and use

it

only for the seat it is made to fit.

To

wear it, just attach

it

to the regular safety belt.

CHECKING

YOUR

RESTMNT SYSTEMS

Now and then, make sure all your belts, buckles, latch plates, retractors,

anchorages and reminder systems are working properly.

Look

for any

loose parts or damage. If you see anything that might keep a restraint

system

from

doing its job, have it repaired.

REPLACING SAFETYBELTS AFTER

A

CRASH

If

you’ve had a crash, do you need new belts?

After a

very

minor collision, nothing may be necessary. But if the belts

were stretched, as they would be

if

worn during a more severe crash, then

you need new belts.

If belts are cut or damaged, replace them. Collision damage also may

mean you will have to have safety belt parts, like the retractor, replaced

or anchorage locations repaired

--

even

if

the belt wasn’t being used at

the time

of

the collision.

60

c

Q:

What's

wrong

with this?

n

4'

-

c

r

,I.

...

..

L

r

A:

The belt

is

torn.

A

CAUTION:

Torn or frayed belts may not protect

you

in a crash. They can

rip apart under impact forces. If a belt is torn or frayed, get

a

new one right away.

61

-

FEATURES

AND

CONTROLS

Here

you

can

learn about

the

many standard and optional features

on

your Cadillac, and information on starting, shifting and braking.

Also

explained are the instrument panel and

the

warning systems that

tell

you

if

everything

is

working properly

--

and what

to

do

if

you have

a

problem.

KEYS

I

-.

.

A

CAUTION:

I

.-

.,

:&!;Leaving young children in

a

vehicle with the ignition key

is

‘$$dangerous for many reasons.

A

child or others could be badly

+’A

uE

’

a.

mjured or even killed.

:a$.

:.,gGbkG

They could operate power windows or other controls or even mrlki

the vehicle move.

If

they turned the ignition

to

“ON”

and move,

the shift lever out

of

“P”

(Park), that would release the parking

brake.

Don’t

leave the keys in

a

vehicle with

voung

children.

+--

!

g&:*?:wsac;

---’

:,:

-3.5

-.

r,

+n

I.

.

A-

;

-

62

>

The

square

keys

are

for the ignition only.

The round

keys

are

for

the

doors and all other

locks.

.

,

...

.

..

.

-.

.

-.

..

I

I..

,- ,

..

When

a

new Cadillac

is

delivered, the dealer

removes the plugs

from

the

keys,

and

gives them

to

the first

owner.

63

I

II

DOOR

LOCKS

The

A

CAUTION

Unlocked

doom

can

be

dangerous.

Passengers

-

especially

children

--

can

eamy

01

I

the

doors

and

fd

out.

When

a

door

is

locked,

the

inside

handle

won't

open

it.

Outsiders

can

easily enter

through

an

unlocked

door

when

you

slow

down

or

stop

your

vehicle.

This

may

not

be

so

obvious:

You

are

more

likely

to

be

thrown

*

out

of

the

vehicle

in

a

crash if

the

doors

aren't

locked.

Weap

safety

belts

properly,

lo&

your

doors,

and

you

will

be

far

better

offwhenever

you

drive

your

vehicle.

.re are several ways to lock and unlock your vehicle:

L

From the outside: Use

your door key.

If

your vehicle has a theft deterrent system and it is armed, unlock the

doors only with the key

or

Keyless Entry System. This will avoid setting

off

the alarm.

64

a

:=*5

-~

From the inside:

To

lock

the door, slide the

I

lock lever down to

manually lock the

door.

Power

Door

Locks

To

unlock the door,

slide the lock lever up.

I

unlock all the doors

at

once.

The rear power

door lock switches

won’t unlock

any

of

the doors

--

that’s a

safety feature.

65

Automatic

Door

Locks (Option)

Just close your doors, turn on the ignition and make sure the interior

courtesy lights are switched

off.

Every time you

move

your shift lever out

of

“P”

(Park) all

of

the doors will lock. And,

every

time you stop and

move your shift lever into

“P”

(Park), your doors

will

unlock.

If

someone

needs to get out while you’re not in

“P”

(Park), have that person use the

manual or power lock. When the door is closed again, it will not lock

automatically. Just use the manual or power lock to lock the door again.

Leaving

Your

vehicle

If

you are leaving the vehicle, set the locks from inside, get out and close

the door.

Central

Door

Unlocking System (Option)

Your vehicle may be equipped

with

this

feature. When unlocking either

door, you can unlock the other doors

by

holding the key in the turned

position for a few seconds.

Illuminated Entry System

Your illuminated entry system turns on all the courtesy lights when either

door is opened. When the door is closed, the courtesy lights will stay on

for approximately 20 seconds or until the ignition is turned on.

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM

If

your Cadillac

has

this

option, you can lock and unlock your doors or

unlock your trunk from

up

to

15

feet

(4.5

m) using the key chain

transmitter supplied with your vehicle.

Your Remote Keyless Entry System is intended

to

be used as a

supplementary

vehicle

entry device.

It

is not intended to replace, but

rather should be used in conjunction with a door lock key.

It

operates on

a

radio frequency subject to Federal Communications Commission

(FCC) Rules.

This device complies with Part

15

of

the

FCC

Rules. Operation

is

subject

to

the following two conditions:

(1)

This device may not cause harmful

66

interference, and

(2)

This device must accept any interference received,

including interference that may cause undesired operation.

Should interference to this system occur, try this:

0

Check to determine if battery replacement is necessary. See the

instructions on battery replacement.

0

Check the distance. You may be too far from your vehicle. This

0

Check the location. Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the

product has a maximum range.

signal.

See your Cadillac dealer or a qualified technician for service.

Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized

service facility could void authorization to use this equipment.

Operation

Press this symbol to

unlock the driver’s

door. Press it again

within

4

seconds to

unlock the other

doors. Pressing this

button will also

disarm the Theft

Deterrent System

and turn on

the

interior lights.

Press this symbol to

lock your doors.

This also arms the

Theft Deterrent

System.

67

[TI

0

Press this symbol to

open the trunk.

r--

L-r

@

0

Press this button to

turn on the interior

lights and door lock

cylinder

illumination.

Matching Transmitter(s)

To

Your Ehicle

Each key chain transmitter is coded to prevent another transmitter from

unlocking your vehicle. If a transmitter is lost or stolen, a replacement

can be purchased through your dealer. Remember to bring the remaining

transmitter with you when you go to your dealer. When the dealer

matches the replacement transmitter to your vehicle, the remaining

transmitter must also be matched. Once the

new

transmitter is coded, the

lost transmitter will not unlock your vehicle.

You can match a transmitter to as many different vehicles as you own,

provided they are equipped with exactly the same model system. (General

Motors offers several different models of these systems on their vehicles.)

Each vehicle can have only

2

transmitters matched to it.

See your dealer to match transmitters to another vehicle.

Battery Replacement

Under normal use, the batteries

in

your key chain transmitter should last

about

two

years.

You can tell the batteries are weak

if

the transmitter

won’t

work at the

normal range

in

any location.

If

you have to get close to your vehicle

before the transmitter works, it’s probably time to change the batteries.

68

.

..

P

r

F

P

. Use round

end

of

the door

key,

or a

quarter to rotate

cover

counterclockwise

1/16

of

a

turn.

2. Remove battery

and replace

with

CR2025

or

equivalent. Using

the wrong

size

battery can damage

the transmitter.

69

1

3.

Make sure battery

is

positioned with

"+"

facing cover.

-1

p1

I

cover and

transmitter and

rotate clockwise to

reinstall.

4.

Align notches on

CENTER CONSOLE

Your vehicle is equipped with either

the

Mini

Console or optional

Full

Console.

The

mini console comes with

a

storage tray and

a

flip up

arm

rest door

a

with

dual

cup holder, that opens

to

a

storage compartment.

The

full console includes

a

floor

shift lever along

with

a flip up

arm

rest

door

with

a

dual cup holder, that opens to

a

storage compartment.

70

GLOW

BOX

The glove

box

is

directly in front of the front passenger seat.

To

unlock

the door, insert the oval key

into

the lock cylinder

and

turn it to the left.

An

additional quarter turn

will

open the door.

To

lock the door,

turn

the

key

to the right and remove

the

key. The key may be removed

in

the

locked or unlocked

position.

REMOTE TRUNK RELEASE

I

You'll find the button

here

in

the glove

box.

AUTOMATIC PULLIDOWN FEATURE

ea

A

CAUTION:

..

.-A%-

$*?<

:*

.

-&<c:

Your car has an automatic pull-down feature

__

helps clos .

.+s

the trunk electronically. Your fingers can be trapped under the

-;.+%

trunk lid

as

it goes down. Your fingers could be injured, and you

$2:

would need someone to help you free them. Keep your fingers

I.

.

.-dl

3

a

%Jg&

4;

3+.

1;-

*

-.

-

way

from

t

~ trunk lid as you close it and

as

it is going down.

71

1

NOTICE:

Don’t

slam

your

trunk lid

down.

If

you

slam

it,

vou

can damage

I

THEFT

Vehicle theft is big business, especially

in

some cities. Although your

Cadillac has a number of theft deterrent features, we know that nothing

we put on

it

can make

it

impossible to steal. However, there are ways you

can help.

Key

in

the

ipition:

If you walk away from your vehicle

with

the keys

inside, it’s an easy target for joy riders or professional thieves

--

so

don’t

do it.

When you park your Cadillac and open the driver’s door, you’ll hear a

chime reminding you

to

remove your key from the ignition and take

it

with

you. Always do this. Your steering wheel

will

be locked, and

so

will

your ignition and transaxle. And remember to lock

the

doors.

Parking at Night: Park

in

a lighted spot, close all windows and lock your

vehicle. Remember to keep your valuables out

of

sight. Put them

in

a

storage area, or take them

with

you.

Parking Lots: If

you

park

in

a

lot where someone

will

be watching your

vehicle, it’s best to lock

it

up and take your keys.

But

what

if

you

have to

leave your ignition key? What

if

you have

to

leave something valuable

in

your vehicle?

0

Put your valuables

in

a storage area, like your trunk

or

glove box.

0

Lock

the

glove box.

0

Lock all

the

doors except the driver’s.

0

Then take the door key with you.

72

THEFT

DETERRENT

(OPTION)

If

your

Cadillac has

this

option,

it

has

a

Theft

Deterrent Alarm

System. With this

system, the

“SECURITY” light

will

flash

as

you

open

the

door

(if

your

ignition is off).

This

light

reminds you to arm the theft deterrent system. Here’s how to

do it:

1.

Open

the

door.

2.

Lock the door

with

the power door lock switch or Keyless Entry

System. The

“SECURITY”

light should come on

and

stay on.

3.

Close

all

doors. The

“SECURITY”

light should go

off.

If

a door or the trunk is opened without the key or Keyless Entry System,

the alarm

will

go off. It

will

also go

off

if

the trunk

lock

is

damaged.

Your

vehicle’s lights

will

flash and the horn

will

sound for 3 minutes, then

will

go

off

to save battery power.

Remember, the theft deterrent system won’t arm

if

you lock the doors

with a key or manual door lock.

It

arms only

if

you use a power door lock

switch or Keyless Entry System.

Here’s

how

to avoid setting

off

the alarm by accident:

If

you

don’t

want

to

arm

the

theft

deterrent system, the vehicle

should

be

locked with the door key after the doors are closed.

Always unlock

a

door

with

a key, or use

the

Keyless Entry System.

If

you set

off

the alarm by accident, unlock any door

with

your key. You

can also turn

off

the alarm by using the Keyless Entry System,

if

you

have

it.

The alarm won’t stop

if

you try to unlock

a

door any other way.

Unlocking a door

any

other way

will

set

off

the alarm.

73

How

to

Test

The

Alarm

0

Roll down your window and lock your vehicle using the power

door

Reach in and unlock the door using the manual lock, and open the

If

the alarm does not sound when it should, check to see

if

the horn

works. The horn fuse may

be

blown.

To

replace the fuse, see “Fuses and

Circuit Breakers” in the Index.

lock or the Keyless Entry System.

door. The horn

will

sound and your headlights will flash.

To

reduce the possibility

of

theft, always arm the theft deterrent system

when leaving your vehicle.

PASS-KEY

IIm

Your vehicle

is

equipped with the PASS-Key I1

TM

(Personalized

Automotive Security System) theft deterrent system. PASS-Key

I1

TM

is

a

passive theft deterrent system. This means

you

don’t have

to

do

anything

different to arm

or

disarm the system. It works when you insert or remove

the key from the ignition. PASS-Key

TM

uses a resistor pellet in the

ignition key that matches

a

decoder in your vehicle.

When the PASS-Key

TI

TM

system senses that someone is using the wrong

key, it shuts down the vehicle’s starter

and

fuel systems.

For

about three

minutes, the starter won’t work and fuel won’t go to the engine.

If

someone tries to start your vehicle again

or

uses another key during this

time, the vehicle will not start. This discourages someone from randomly

trying different keys with different resistor pellcts in

an

attempt to make

a

match.

The ignition key must

be

clean and dry before it’s inserted

in

the

ignition

or the engine may not start.

If

the engine does not start and the

“SECURITY” light comes on, the key may be dirty

or

wet. Turn the

ignition

off.

If you’re

ever

driving and the “SECURITY” light comes on and

continues to flash, you get the “PASS-KEY MALFUNCTION” message

and the “STARTING DISABLED” message appears, you

will

be able to

restart your engine

if

you turn it

off.

Your PASS-Key

TI

TM

system,

however, is not working properly and must

be

serviced bylour Cadillac

dealer. Your vehicle

is

not

protected by the PASS-Key I1 system.

74

If you lose or damage a PASS-Key I1

TM

ignition key, see your Cadillac

dealer or a locksmith who can service PASS-Key

I1

TM

to have

a

new key

made.

IGNITION

KEY

POSITIONS

This lock gives you five

different positions.

75

Before you

put

the key in, your ignition

will

be in the

“LOCK”

position.

This

position locks your ignition, steering wheel and transaxle.

It’s

an

anti-theft feature.

The other positions let

you

perform these functions:

ACC: Accessory lets you use things like the radio and the windshield

wipers when the engine

is

off.

To

get into “ACC”, push in the key and turn

it toward you. Your steering wheel will remain locked, just

as

it was

before you inserted the key.

OFF

This position lets you turn

off

the engine but still turn the steering

wheel. It doesn’t lock the steering wheel like

“Lock.”

Use

“Off”

if

you

must have your car

in

motion while the engine

is

off (for example,

if

your

car

is

being pushed).

RUN: This

is

the position for driving.

START

This

starts your engine.

r

NOTICE:

If

your key seems stuck in

‘

xk and you can’t turn

it,

be sure

it

is

all the

way

in. If it is, then turn the steering wheel left and

right while

you

turn the key hard. But turn the key only with

your hand. Using

a

tool to force it could break the key or the

ignition swi’

’1.

If none

of

this w--ks, then your vehicle

3

servi

cc

STARTING

YOUR

ENGINE

Engines start differently.

The

8th digit

of

your Vehicle Identification

Number

(VIN)

shows the

code

letter or number for your engine. You will

find the VIN at the top left

of

your instrument panel. (See “Vehicle

Identification Number” in the Index.) Follow the proper steps to start the

engine.

Move your shift lever to

“P”

(Park) or “N” (Neutral). Your engine won’t

start in any other position

--

that’s

a

safety feature.

To

restart when you’re

already moving, use “N” (Neutral) only.

76

1.

Don’t push the accelerator pedal before starting your engine.

In

some

other vehicles you might need

to

do this, but because of your vehicle’s

computer systems, you don’t.

2.

Turn

your ignition key

to

“Start.” When the engine starts, let

go

of

the

key. The idle speed

will

go down as your engine gets warm.

3.

If

it doesn’t start right away, hold your key in “Start

”

for about three

seconds at a time until your engine starts. Wait about

15

seconds

between each try to help avoid draining

your

battery.

..

-.

..

Holding your

key

in “Start”

for

longer than

1

excessive heat can damage your starter motor.

.

..

.

4.

If

your engine still won’t start (or starts but then stops), it could be

flooded with too much gasoline.

Try

pushing your accelerator pedal all

the

way

to

the floor and holding

it

there as

you

hold the key in “Start”

for about three seconds.

If

the vehicle starts briefly but

then

stops

again, do

the

same thing, but this time keep the pedal down for five or

six seconds. This clears the extra gasoline from the engine.

77

NOTICE:

Your engine

is

designed to work with the electronics in yo1

vehicle.

If

you

add

electrical parts or accessories, you cod

change the

way

the fuel injection

system

operates. Before

adding electrical equipment, check with your dealer,

If

you

don’t, your engine might not perform properly.

If

you

ever have to have your vehicle towed, see the part

of

this

Manual that tells

how

to do

it

without damaging your vehicle.

See “Tnwing Your Vehicle” in the Index.

ENGINE

BLOCK

HEATER

(OPTION)

In

very

cold weather,

0”

F

(-1

8

C)

or colder, the engine block heater can

help. You’ll get easier starting and better fuel econonly during engine

warm-up.

To

use

the

block

heater:

1.

Turn

off

the engine.

2.

Open

the hood and unwrap the electrical cord.

3.

Plug

it into a normal, grounded

1

10-volt outlet.

r

electrical shock.

Also,

the wrong kind of extension cord could

the cord into

a

properly grounded three-prong 110-volt outlet.

If

the cord won’t reach, use a heavy-duty three-prong extension

cord rated for at least

15

amps.

I

overheat and cause

a

fire.

You

could be seriously injured. Plug

78

~

.-

.

~.

..

.

-.

.~ ..

.

NOTICE:

~

,. ,.

.

After

you’ve’.ts&d’h&

bioch

~deater,

be

sure

to

store

the

cord

as

it

was before, to keep

it

away

frop

ltlcrvin

3tlgi-e

marts.

If

you:

I

don’t,

it

could be damaged.

I

How

long

should

you

keep the block heater plugged

in?

The answer

depends on the weather, the kind

of

oil you have, and some other things.

Instead

of

trying to list everything here, we ask that you contact a Cadillac

dealer in the area where you’ll be parking your vehicle. The dealer can

give you the best advice

for

that particular area.

DRn’lNG

THROUGH DEEP

STANDING

WATER

NOTICE:

If

you drive too quickly through deep puddles or standing water,

water can come in through your engine’s air intake and badly

damage your engine.

If

you can’t avoid deep puddles or standing

water, drive through them very slowly.

79

AUTOlMATIC

TRANSAXLE

Your automatic transaxle

may

have

either

a

shift lever located on the

steering column or

on

the

console between the seats.

There are

P.....

R

....

N

....

03

....

3

.....

2

.....

1

.....

several different positions for your

shift

lever.

................................................

Park

.............................................

Reverse

.............................................

Neutral

...........................................

Overdrive

........................................

SecondGear

...........................................

FirstGear

...................................

Third Gear (Drive)

P

(Park)

This locks your front wheels. It’s the best position

to

use when you

start your engine because your vehicle can’t move easily.

80

vel

le tan roll,

$2-2.~

Don’t

I

enicle when the engine is runnmg unles

have

to.

If you have left the engine running, the vehicle ca

move suddenly.

You

or others could be injured.

To

be sure

vehicle won’t move, when you’re on

fairly

level ground, alw

set your parking brake and move the shift lever to

“P”

(Par

See

“

snifting Into

“P”

(Park)” in the Index.

11

you are par

L

a

hill, or if you’re pulling

a

trailer, also see“Parking

o

or “Towing a Trailer” in the Index.

-*-

aq

.:

:

-

.

..

.h

i-”

..

.i

T

..

Ensure the shift lever is fully in “P” (Park) range before starting

the

engine. Your Cadillac has a brake-transaxle shift interlock. You have to

fully apply your regular brakes before

you

can shift from

“P”

(Park)

when the ignition key is in the “Run” position.

If

you

cannot shift

out

of

“P” (Park), ease pressure on the shift lever

-

push

the

shift lever all the

way into “P” (Park) and also release the shift lever button on floor shift

console models as you maintain brake application. Then move the shift

lever into the gear you wish. (Press the shift lever button before moving

the shift lever

on

floor shift console models.) See “Shifting

Out

of ‘P’

(Park)”

in

this part.

R (Reverse)

Use this gear to back up.

81

To

rock your vehicle back and forth to get out

of

snow, ice or

sand

without damaging your transaxle, see

“If

You’re Stuck

in

Sand, Mud, Ice

or

Snow”

in

the Index.

N (Neutral)

In

this position, your engine doesn’t connect with the wheels.

To

restart when you’re already moving, use

“N”

(Neutral)

only.

Also, use

“N”

when your vehicle

is

being towed.

A

CAUTION:

Shifting out of

“P”

(Park) or

“N”

(Neutral) while your engine is

“racing” (running at high speed) is dangerous. Unless your foot

is firmly

on

the brake pedal, your vehicle could move very

rapidly. You could lose control and hit people or objects. Don’t

shift out of

“P”

(Park) or

“N”

(Neutral) while your engine is

racing.

Damage to your transaxle caused by shifting out of

“P”

(Park

L

0

@

Automatic Overdrive

This position is for normal driving.

If

you need more power for

passing, and you’re:

Going less than about

35

mph

(56

km/h), push your accelerator

pedal about halfway down.

Going about

35

mph

(56

km/h) or more, push the accelerator all

the

way

down.

You’ll

shift down to the next gear and have more power.

82

L

NOTIW:

3

(Third Gear)

This is like

@

,

but you never go into Overdrive.

Here are some times you might choose

“

3

”

instead of

@:

-

When driving on hilly, winding roads

-

When towing a trailer,

so

there is less shifting between gears

-

When going down a steep hill

2

(Second

Gear)

This position gives

you

more power but lower fuel economy.

You

can

use

“2”

on hills. It can help control your speed as

you

go down steep

mountain roads, but then you would also want to use your brakes

off

and on.

nlh

83

1

(First

Gear)

This position gives you even more power (but lower fuel economy)

than

“2.”

You can use it on very steep hills, or in deep snow or mud.

If

the selector lever

is

put in

“1,”

the transaxle won’t shift into first gear

until the vehicle is going slowly enough.

PARKIN%

BRAKE

I

84

To set the parking brake:

Hold the regular brake pedal down with your right foot. Push down the

parking brake pedal with your left foot. If the ignition

is

on,

the brake

system warnin? light

will

come on.

I-

I

When you move out

of

“P”

(Park) or

“N”

(Neutral),

if

your

engine

is

running,

your parking brake

should go off.

If it

doesn’t, you have a

parking brake

problem and should

have it fixed.

In

the

meantime,

you

can

still release your

parking brake. Just

pull on the manual

release lever, as

shown.

I

3me-q

5::-

&*ZL

!My&

se-4

A

CAUTION:

.

--

.

If

your hand or arm is in the

way

of

thi’pedal, you could be

-,::+

-+..:

hurt. The pedal springs back quickly. Keep your hand and arm

!+.

,--,:“:

away when you use

1

!

manual release lever.

:,F

.L-

..

-.7

7

.--..

,

-

.,

.I

..

-

.>,

_.

.-

:

-

.?f

I

-

..

-

--. .

’-:

.:.

..:=

.

’.

+

.?

..

.

NOTICE

Driving with the parking lake on can cause

~UL-

rear bra,

overheat.

You

mav have to replace them-

and

vou

could

also

,.*age ~

~.

.:

.

~

i

nther pal vnur vfihicle.

L

.~-:’?

.

-

I

.

-

.

i

..

~

85

If

you

are on

a

hill:

See

“Parking

on

Hills”

in

thc

Index. That

section

shows

how

to

turn

your

front wheels.

If

vou

are

towing

a trailer and

are

parking; on

anv

hill:

See

“Towing

a

Trailer”

in

the

Index. That section shows what

to

do

first

to

keep

the

trailer from moving.

SHIFTING

INTO

‘CPn

(PARK)

I

A

CAUTION:

It

can

be

dangerous

to

get out

of

your vehicle

if

the shift lever

is

not fully.in

“P”

(Park) with the parking brake firmly set. Your

vehicle

can

roll.

If

you have left the engine running, the vehicle can move

suddenly.

You

or others could

be

injured.

To

be sure your vehicle

won’t move, when you’re on fairly level ground, use the

steps

that follow.

If

you are parking on

a

hill, or

if

you’re pulling

a

trailer, also see “Parking On Hills” or

“Towing

a Wailer”

in

the

Index.

-.

Steering

Column

Shifl

Lever

1.

Hold

the brake pedal down

with

your

right

foot.

86

r

2. Move the shift lever into “P” (Park) position like this:

Pull the lever

toward you.

Move the lever

up as far as it

will

go.

3.

With your right foot still holding the brake pedal down, set the

4.

Move the ignition key to

“Lock.”

parking brake.

5.

Remove the key and take it with you.

If

you can walk away from your

vehicle with the ignition key in your hand, your vehicle is in

“P”

(Park).

87

Console

Shift

Lever

1.

Hold the brake pedal down with your right foot.

2.

Move the shift lever into

“P”

(Park) position like this:

0

Hold in the button

on

the lever, and

push

the lever all the way

toward the front

of

your vehicle.

3.

With your right foot still holding the brake pedal down, set the

parking brake.

4.

Move the ignition key to “Lock.”

5.

Remove the key and take it with

you.

If

you can walk away

from

your

vehicle with the ignition key

in

your hand, your vehicle is in

“P”

(Park).

88

Leaving

Your

Vehicle With the Engine Running

It can be dangerous to leave your vehicle with the engine

---.*

.

’

running. Your vehicle could move suddenly if the shift lever is

.-

:

:->=:I

not fully in “P” (Park) with the parking brake firmly set. And,

i

-

-”I

leave the vehicle with the engine running,

it

could overheat

and even catch fire. You or others could be injured. Don’A

yo1

vehicle with the engine running unlc

,

you ha

I

.-

.

J

..

.:

.

?-

-..

-.

..

-

~

--

~I

If

you have to leave your vehicle with the engine running, be sure your

vehicle is

in

“P7, (Park) and your parking brake is firmly set before you

leave

it.

After you’ve moved the

shift

lever

into

the

“P” (Park) position,

hold

the regular brake pedal down. Then, see

if

you

can move the shift

lever away from “P” (Park) without first pulling

it

toward

you

(or,

if

you

have the console shift lever, without first pushing the button).

If

you can,

it means that the shift lever wasn’t

fully

locked into

“P7,

(Park).

SHIFTING

OUT

OF

“P”

(PARK)

Your Cadillac has a brake-transaxle shift interlock.

You

have to fully

apply your regular brake before you can shift from

“P7’

(Park) when the

ignition is

in

the “Run” position. See “Automatic Transaxle”

in

the

Index.

If you cannot shift

out

of

“P”

(Park), ease pressure

on

the

shift lever

--

push

the

shift

lever all the way into “P” (Park) and

also

release the shift

lever button

on

floor shift console models as you maintain brake

application. Then move the shift lever into the gear you wish. (Press the

shift lever button before moving the shift lever.)

If

you ever hold the

brake pedal down but still can’t shift out of “P” (Park), try this:

1.

Turn the

key

to “Off.” Open and close the driver’s door to

turn

off

the

2.

Apply and hold the brake until the end

of

Step

4.

3.

Shift to

“N”

(Neutral).

Retained Accessory Power feature.

4.

Start the vehicle and then shift to

the

drive gear

you

want.

5.

Have the vehicle fixed as

soon

as you can.

PARKlING

OVER

THINGS

TlYAT

BURN

A

CAUTION:

Things that can burn could touch hot exhaust parts under your

vehicle and ignite. Don't park over papers, leaves, dry grass or

other things that can burn.

90

ENGINE

EXHAUST

I

A

CAUTION:

Engine exhaust can

kill,

It

contains the gas carbon monoxide

(CO), which

you

can't

see

or

smell.

It

can cause

unconsciousness and death.

You

might

have exhaust coming in

if:

*

Your exhaust system sounds strange or different.

8

Your

vehicle

gets

rusty

underneath.

0

Your

:ehiQe was damaged in

a

.collision.

Your

vehick

was

damaged

when

driving over high

points on

the

road

or

over

road

debris.

-

0

Repairs weren%

.-

.done: coirectly.

-

6-

.'*

,.

0

Your

vehicle

or

exhaust

system

had been modified

improperl'

-.--

-I

--

.

~

.

.,

.

:-

.

*.,

.,:,t:.-

'

*

.

.*

,_

-

.

-<

.--,

,:

.

...

.- .

If

you

&r

Ispeq

'ihaust

is

coming

intp

your

vehicle:

*

Drive- it.only

'_--

ali

the windows

down

to

.blow

out

any

CO;

and

Have

it

fixed

immediately.

..

.

..

E

91

RUNNING

YOUR

ENGINE

?KHILE

YOU’RE

PARKED

It’s better not

to

park

with the engine running.

But

if

you

ever have

to,

here are

some

things to

know.

ling the engine

with

the air system control

off

could

allow

dangerous exhaust into your vehicle

(see

the earlier Caution

under “Engine Exhaust”).

~

Also,

idling in

a

dosed-in place can let deadly carbon monoxide

(CO)

intkpur vehicle even

if

the fan switch is at the highest

setting. One place this

can

happen

is

a garage. Exhaust

--

with

CO

--

can

come in easily.

NEVER

park

in

a garage with

the

engine

running.

Another closed-in place can be a blizzard. (See C6Blizzard” in the

Index.)

It

can

be

dangerous to get out of your vehicle if-the

shin

lever i

not

fully in

ccP”

(Park)

with the parking brake firmly set. Your

vehicle

can

roll. Don’t leave

your

vehicle when the engine is

running unless

you

have

to.

If

you’ve

left

the engine running,

the

vehicle can move suddenly.

You

or

others could be iqjun

,,

To

be

sure

your

vehicle won’t move, even when you’re

on

fairly

level ground, always set your parking brake after

you

move the

shift

lever to

“P’,

(Park).

’

Follow the proper steps to be sure your vehicle won’t move. See

“Shifting

Into

‘P’

(Park)”

in the Index.

If

you

are parking on a hill,

or

if

you’re pulling a trailer, also see

“Parking on Hills”

or

4T~~

a

lhiler”

in the Index.

I

92

POWER

WINDOWS

The controls are near

each window. Here’s

how the master control

I

works.

Your vehicle has Retained Accessory Power

(RAP).

When you stop your

vehicle and turn the ignition key to “Off”, you can still use your power

windows. The electrical power to operate the windows will not shut

off

until you open a door or 10 minutes has passed. If you want this power

for another

10

minutes, just turn the key

to

“Run” and back to

“Off”.

Express

Down

Window

The driver’s power window has this feature. Just press the switch once

--

for half a second

or

more

--

and then let go. The window will go all the

way down. If you want to stop the window as it is going down, press the

switch again.

HORN

To

sound the horn, just press the center

of

the steering wheel.

93

TILT

WHEEL

1

A

tilt steering wheel allows you to adjust

the

steering wheel before

you

drive.

You

can also raise

it

to the highest level to give your

legs

more

room

when you

exit

and enter the vehicle.

To

tilt the wheel, hold

the

steering wheel and pull the levcr. Move the

steering wheel to a comfortable level, then release the lcver to lock the

wheel

in

place.

94

THE TURN SIGNALIMULTIFUNCTION

LEPER

The lever on the left side

of

the steering column includes your:

Turn Signal and Lane Change Indicator

Headlight High-Low Beam

Flash-To-Pass Feature

Headlamp Washers

(Export

Only)

Windshield Wipers

Windshield Washer

Cruise Control

Turn

Signal and

Lane

Change Indicator

The turn signal has

two

upward (for Right)

and

two

downward

(for Left) positions.

These positions allow

you to signal a turn or

a lane change.

To

signal a turn, move the lever all the way up or down. When the turn is

finished, the lever will return automatically.

rpl

A

green arrow on the

instrument panel will

flash

in

the direction of

the turn

or

lane

change.

To signal a lane change, just raise or lower the lever until the green arrow

starts

to

flash. Hold it there until you complete your lane change. The

lever will return

by

itself when you release it.

If for some reason your turn signal is left

on,

the Driver Information

Center will display “TURN

SIGNAL

ON”

(after driving about a mile) to

remind you to turn it off.

1

El

96

As

you signal a turn or a lane change,

if

the arrows don’t flash but just

stay on, a signal bulb may be burned out and other drivers won’t see your

turn signal.

If a bulb is burned out, replace it to help avoid an accident. If the green

arrows

don’t

go

on

at ail when you signal

a

turn, check the fuse (see

“Fuses” in the Index) and for burned-out bulbs.

Headlight High-Low Beam

To

change the

headlights from low

beam to high or high to

low, pull the turn signal

lever all the way toward

you. Then release it.

When the high beams

are on, a blue light on

the instrument panel

also will be

on.

Flash-To-Pass Feature

This lets

you

use your high beam headlights to signal a driver in front

of

you

that

you

want to pass. It works even

if

your headlights

are

off.

97

To

use it, pull the multifunction lever toward you. When you do:

If

your headlights are

off

Your high beam headlights will turn on. They’ll

stay

on

as

long

as

you hold the lever there. Release the lever

to

turn them

off.

If

your headlights are on. but on low beam: The system works normally.

Just pull the lever. Your headlights

will

shift to high beam and stay there.

To

return to low beam,

just

pull the lever toward you.

If

your headlights are

on.

and on high beam: Your headlights will switch

to low beam.

To

get back

to

high beam, pull the lever toward you.

Windshield Wipers

WIPER

To

control the wipers, turn the band

on the

multifunction lever.

MIST:

Turn the band away from you and then release it

for

a

single wipe

cycle. For more cycles, hold the band on

MIST

longer.

LO

or

HI:

Turn the band toward

you

to either

LO

(low speed) or

to

HI

(high speed), depending

on

the

wiper speed

you

want.

DELAY: With this you can set the wiper speed

for

a

long

or short delay

between

wipes. Move the

band

to

ON

for

long delays and the closer

you

get to

LO

the shorter the delay.

OFF:

To

turn the wipers

off,

turn the band to

OFF.

98

I

A

CAUTION:

Damaged wiper blades may prevent you from seeing well enough

to drive safely.

To

avoid damage, be sure to clear ice and snow

from the wiper blades before using them. If they’re frozen to the

windshield, carefully loosen or thaw them.

If

your

1

.

~

lo

berntne damaged, get new blades

or

blade insert,.

Heavy snow or ice can overload your wipers.

A

circuit breaker

will

stop

them until the motor cools. Clear away snow or ice

to

prevent an

overload.

Windshield Washer

To

wash your

windshield push the

paddle labeled

PUSH,

then release

it.

After

washing the windshield

the wipers will stop,

unless you were using

your wipers.

If

you

were,

the

wipers will

resume the wiper

speed you were using.

For more washer

cycles push and hold

the paddle.

When the washer fluid reaches a low level, “LOW

WASHER

FLUID”

will

be

displayed

in

the

Driver Information Center.

99

la

CAUTION

splash-am

block

your

vision.

Yon

could

hit

another

vehicle or

go

off

the

road.

Check

your

washer

fluid

level

often.

*

Xn

freezing

weather,

don't

use

your

washer

until

the

windshield

is

warmed.

Otherwise

the

washer

fluid

can

fam

I

Headlight Washer (Export

Only)

If you have this feature, you

will

wash your headlights while washing your

windshield at the same time

in

bad weather. Just press the

PUSH

paddle

on the multifunction lever.

100

U

c

0

fi

I

CRUISE CONTROL

With

Cruise Control, you can maintain a speed of about

25

mph

(40

kmih)

or more

without

keeping

your

foot on the accelerator. This can

really help on long trips. Cruise Control does not work at speeds below

about 25 mph

(40

km/h).

When you apply your brakes, the Cruise Control shuts

off.

Cruise Control can be dangerous where you can’t drive safely

at a steady speed.

So,

don’t use your Cruise Control on

winding roads or in heavy traffic.

Cruise Control can be dangerous on slippery roads. On such

roads, fast changes in tire traction can cause needless wheel

spinning, and

you

could lose control. Don’t use Cruise

Control on slippery roads.

To

Set Crucse Control

1.

Move the Cruise

Control switch

to

“ON

”

101

If

you leave your Cruise Control switch on when you’re not

using Cruise,

you

might hit a button and go into Cruise when

you

don’t want to.

You

could be startled and even lose control.

Keep the Cruise Control switch

“OFF”

until you want to use it.

I

2.

Get up

to

the speed

you

want.

W

PUSH

.+9

I

4.

The digital

1

instrument panel

cluster has

a

“CRUISE

ENGAGED”

light

that will come

on.

There is no light

on

the

analog

cluster.

5.

Take

your foot

off

the accelerator pedal.

102

r

-

--

!-

I

i

r

To

Resume a Set Speed..

Suppose you set your Cruise Control at a desired speed and then

you

apply the brake. This, of course, shuts off the Cruise Control. But you

don’t need to reset it. Once you’re going about

25

mph

(40

kmih) or

more, you can move the Cruise Control switch from

“ON”

to

‘‘,/A?

for

about half a second.

You’ll go right back up to your chosen speed and stay there.

I

A

CAUTION:

If you hold the switch at

%/A”

longer than half a second, the

vehicle will keep going faster until you release the switch or

apply the brake. You could be startled and even lose control.

So

unless you want to go faster, don’t hold the switch at

“RIA.”

I

To

Increase Speed FWaile Using Cruise Control

There are

two

ways to

go

to a higher speed. Here’s the first:

1.

Use the accelerator pedal to get

to

the higher speed.

103

2.

Push the button at the end

of

the lever, then release the button and

the accelerator pedal. Yodll now cruise at the higher speed.

Here’s the second way to go to

a

higher speed:

1.

Move the Cruise switch from

“ON”

to “R/A.’, Hold it there unru you

2.

To

increase your speed

in

very

small amounts, move the switch to

get up to the speed you want, and then release the switch.

“R/A”

Each time you do this, your vehicle will go about

1

mph (1.6

km/h) faster.

4.6L

(Northstar)

The accelerate feature will only work after

you

have set the Cruise

Control speed by pushing the

“SET

CRUISE” button.

To

Reduce Speed While Using Cruise Control

1.

Push in the button at the end

of

the lever until you reach the lower

speed you want, then release it.

2.

To

slow down in very small amounts, push the button for less than half

a

second. Each time you do this, you’ll go

1

mph

(1.6

km/h) slower.

Pussing

Another Khicle while Using Cruise Control

Use the accelerator pedal to increase your speed. When you take your

foot off

the

pedal, your vehicle

will

slow down to the Cruise Control

speed you set earlier.

Using

Cruise

Control

on

Hills

How well your Cruise Control will work on hills depends upon your

speed, load, and the steepness

of

the hills. When going up steep hills, you

may have to step

on

the accelcrator pedal

to

maintain your speed. When

going downhill, you may have to brake or shift

to

a

lower gear to keep

your speed down.

Of

course, applying the brake takes you out

of

Cruise

Control.

Many

drivers find this

to

bc

too

much trouble and don’t use

Cruise Control on steep hills.

104

To

Get Out

of

Cruise Control

There are two ways to turn

off

the Cruise Control:

1.

Step

lightly

on

the brake

pedal

;

OR

I

-

P

2.

Move

the

CRUISE

switch to

“OFF”

(The

“CRUISE”

light will

go

out

.)

105

To

Erase Speed

Memory

When you turn

off

the Cruise Control

or

the

ignition, your Cruise

Control set speed memory is erased.

LIGHTS

You’ll find the control

on

the left side of the instrument panel.

It controls these light systems:

Headlights

0

Taillights

0

Parking Lights

0

Underhood Light (Option)

0

Instrument Panel Lights

0

License Plate Lights

0

Interior Courtesy

Lights

Fog

Lights (Option)

0

Rear Fog Lights (Export Only)

ALL

LIGHTS PANEL LIGHTS

EXCEPT

BRIGHTNESS light system.

HEADLIGHTS manually work your

Here’s how

to

I

)-

COURTESY

OFF

ALL LIGHTS

LIGHTS

Lights

On

Reminder

If

you open the door while leaving the lights

on,

you

will hear a warning

tone.

106

Twilight Sentinel

The control is next to the headlight switch. It switches your lights on and

off by sensing how dark

it

is outside.

To

operate it, leave the light switch

off and move the control

to

any position but off.

If

you

move

the control

all

the

way to

MAX,

your lights

will

remain

on

for

90

seconds after you turn your engine

off.

If

you

move

the

control almost

all the way in the other direction,

so

it is just

on,

the lights

will

go off

quickly when you turn off your engine. You can change this delay time

from

only

a few seconds to

90

seconds.

Operation

of

Lights

Although your vehicle’s lighting system (headlamps, parking

lamps,

fog

lamps, side marker lamps and tail lamps) meet all applicable Federal

lighting requirements, certain States and Provinces may apply their own

lighting regulations that may require special attention before

you

operate

these lamps. For example, some jurisdictions may require that

you

operate your lower beam lamps with fog lamps at all times, or that

headlamps be turned on whenever

you

must use your windshield wipers.

In addition, most jurisdictions prohibit driving solely with parking lamps,

especially at dawn

or

dusk. It

is

recommended that you check

with

your

own State or Provincial highway authority for applicable lighting

regulations.

107

Light Sensor

The light sensor

for

the twilight sentinel is

located in the center of

-

the front defogger

tfi

grille.

If

you

cover the

sensor, it will read

"dark" and your lights

will

come

on.

D

Interior Lights

Turn the headlight switch passed

HI

to turn on the interior lights.

Fog

Lights

(Eldorado

Touring Coupe)

Use

your fog lights

for

better vision in foggy or misty conditions. When

you press the upper fog light switch, a small indicator light will glow to

tell you the fog lights are on.

To

turn them off, press the switch again.

108

L

When the twilight sentinel is on, the headlights will turn

off

automatically. Your fog and parking lights will remain on.

If

you switch on your high beam headlights, your fog lights will turn off.

They’ll turn back on again when

you

switch to low beam headlights.

Rear

Fog

Lights (Export Only)

To turn them on, push

the lower switch.

A

small indicator light

will

glow to tell

you

they are on.

To

turn

them

off,

press the

switch again.

Cornering Lights

The cornering lights come on when you signal

a

turn when the headlights

or

parking lights are on. This

will

provide more light

for

cornering.

Underhood Light

To

operate, turn on your parking lights, then the underhood light will

illuminate when the hood is open.

Daytime Running

Lights

(Canada Only)

The Canadian Federal Government has decided that “Daytime Running

Lights”

(DRL)

are a useful feature, in that DRL can make your vehicle

more visible to pedestrians and other drivers during daylight hours. DRL

are required

on

new vehicles

sold

in Canada.

109

Your

DRL

work with

a

light sensor on top

of

the instrument panel.

Don’t cover

it

up.

The low beam headlights will come on at reduced brightness in daylight

when:

The ignition is on

The headlight switch is off, and

The transaxle

is

not in “P” (Park).

.At dusk,

if

the Twilight Sentinel feature is turned on, the exterior lights

will come on automatically and the

low

beams will change to full

brightness. At dawn, the exterior lights will go out and the low beams will

change to the reduced brightness

of

DRL (if the headlight switch

is

off).

Of

course, you

may

still turn on the headlights any time you need to.

To

idle your vehicle with the DRL

off,

shift the transaxle into

“P”

(Park).

The

DRL

will stay

off

until

you

shift out

of

“P”

(Park).

Reading

Lights

You

have reading lights located

in

the roof. These lights and the interior

courtesy lights

will

come

on

when

you

open the door.

Push the button

to

turn

them

on.

Push

it

again

to

turn

them

off.

110

MIRRORS

Inside DaylNight Rearview Mirror

To

reduce glare from lights behind you, move

the

lever

like

this:

Automatic Inside Rearview

Mirror

Your Cadillac may

have the optional

automatic

electrochromic

rearview mirror.

During the daylight it’s like

the

standard mirror. But at night the system

goes to work.

During the day

the

mirror reflects all the light from behind your car. At

night,

when the

glare

is

too

high, it darkens to reflect only part

of

the light

behind

you.

When the mirror darkens, it holds that position until the

glare is no longer present.

111

Settings

Your automatic rearview mirror has different positions for light

sensitivity. At the

“MAX”

setting, bright headlights far away will cause

the mirror

to

gradually darken. This

is

a

good setting for rural driving. At

the

“MIN”

setting, bright headlights have to be rather close

for

the

mirror to darken.

This

is

a

good setting

€or

city driving.

Reverse Gear Day Mode

The reverse mode

is

another important feature

of

the

automatic mirror.

When the shift lever is placed

in

“R’

(Reverse), the mirror changes

to

the

daytime mode

for

a bright image

in

the mirror

as

you

back

up.

~ Turn the switch to

“OFF”

when you want

the day mode.

....e

>:

.

:.._

...,

the mirror to stay in

X.<.,?.#

,.

,

.j

;.c.,c<-

*_,i

iil

..

,

.::

..

,

.

.. .

112

Cleaning

Photocells

Use a cotton swab

and

glass cleaner to clean the front and rear photocells

that make the mirror work.

Front Seat Vanity Mirrors

~

7

To

use one, turn the

sunshade down. Then

lift the cover up to see

the mirror. The switch

makes the light

brighter.

113

Power Remote Control

Mirrors

The

control

on

the driver’s door armrest operates both outside rearview

mirrors. Move the center

switch

to the left to select the driver side mirror,

or to the right

to

select

the passenger side mirror.

Then

press the control

pad to adjust each mirror

so that

you

can just see the side of your vehicle.

To

lock the controls leave the selector switch

in

the middle position.

When

you

operate

the

rear window defogger,

it

also

warms both outside

mirrors

to

help clear them of fog

or

ice.

CONVEX

OUTSIDE

MIRROR

Your right side mirror

is

convex.

A

convex mirror’s surface is curved

so

you can see more from the driver’s

seat.

114

I

r

I-

f

7

f

A

CAUTION:

I

If

you aren't used to

a

convex mirror, you can

--it

another

vehicle.

A

convex mirror can make things (like other vehicles)

look farther

away

than they really are. If you cut too sharply

into the right lane, you could hit

a

vehicle on your right. Check

your inside mirror or glance over your shoulder before changing

lanes.

I

BREAK-AWAY OUTSIDE

MIMOR

(EXPORT)

The mirrors will collapse

in

either the forward or rearward direction, and

then return to the normal position.

ASTROROOF

=

EXPRESS OPEN

If you have this option, the switch is here:

The astroroof includes a sliding glass panel and a sliding sunshade. The

control switch only works with the ignition on or

in

Retained Accessory

Power (RAP)mode.

115

To

Open:

Press the switch rearward to open the glass panel and sunshade.

The

sunshade can also be opened by hand. If you want to stop the roof

in

a

partially open position, press the switch in either direction to stop

it.

Press the switch again to open

it

fully.

To

Close:

Press and hold the switch forward to close the glass panel. The

sunshade can only be closed by hand.

To

Vent:

Press the switch forward when the glass panel is closed. Open the

sunshade by hand.

To

close the vent press the switch rearward.

SUNGLASS

COMPmTMENT

If

you

have the optional Astroroof

you

will

not have this feature.

To

gain

access

to

this feature located directly above the inside rearview mirror

in

the headliner, just

push

up

and

the compartment

will

open.

116

ASHTRAYS

AND

LIGHTERS

If

have the

full

console, push on the

cover to reveal the

ashtray and lighter.

OR

If

you don’t have a

center console, just

pull the ashtray out to

reveal the ashtray and

lighter.

To

clean the ashtray, lift it out

by

pulling on the snuffer.

If

you

don’t have

a

console, and the ashtray

will

not come out by pulling

on the snuffer,

try

this: Reach under

the

ashtray and gently push up

on

the ashtray bowl and remove it.

117

Rear Ashtray

To

open

the

rear

ashtrays

lift the lid.

Cigarette Lighter

It’s near the ashtray.

To

use

the lighter just push

it

all the

way

and

let

go.

When

it’s

ready,

it

will

pop back by itself.

118

GARAGE DOOR OPENER (OPTION)

This option allows

you

to

open up to three

garage doors. The

transmitter unit fits the

overhead panel.

Your

Cadillac dealer can tell you about the hand

held

power pack unit

and the installation you’ll need at home to make this work.

If

your

CadilIac

is

equipped with an Electriclear” heated windshield, you’ll have

to be closer to the garage door for the transmitter unit

to

work.

FLOOR

MATS

If

your Cadillac is equipped with rubber-backed front and rear

floor

mats,

keep them clean by vacuuming and using a spot cleaner,

if

necessary.

Do

not machine wash.

TRACTION CONTROL SYSTEM

(4.4L

NORTHSTAR)

Your traction control system operates only when the system senses that

one or both of the front wheels

is

spinning or beginning to

lose

traction

while driving. This is especially useful

in

slippery road conditions. The

traction control system works at all speeds.

It

limits wheel spin by using

the antilock and brake systems to apply the front brakes and by shutting

off

fuel

injectors

to

reduce engine torque.

You

may be able

to

spin the tires when accelerating from a standstill on

dry

pavement. This is normal. The

“TRACTION

ACTIVE”

message

will

119

display on the Driver Information Center when the traction control

system is operating.

You

may feel the system working through slight movement of the

accelerator pedal, or you may notice some noise, but this is normal.

Your Driver Information Center

is

an important source

of

information

about your traction control system.

See

“Driver Information Center” in

the Index.

THE

INSTRUMENT

PANEL:

YOUR

INFOR2MATION

SYSTEM

Your instrument panel

is

designed to let

you

know at a glance how your

Cadillac

is

running. You’ll know how fast you’re going, how much fuel

you’re using, and many

of

the other things you’ll need to know to drive

safely and economically.

Digitul

Cluster

:i-i

-Q

8

c

.

If

you have the 4.6

L

Northstar your tachometer and speedometer will

have a different calibration.

Analog

Cluster

(4.9

L)

Canadian

Analog

Cluster

(4.9

L)

11111

121

Export

Cluster

(4.9

L)

P

.

...

-

Speedometer

and

Odometer

Your speedometer lets

you

see your speed

in

both

miles per hour (mph)

and kilometers per hour (km/h). Your odometer shows how far your

vehicle

has

been driven,

in

either

miles

(used

in

the

US.)

or

kilometers

(used in Canada).

EnglishlMetric

Button

You can

go

back

and

forth from English

(miles)

to

metric

(kilometers)

by

pushing

this button.

._.'

-!

f

122

The same button also makes other readings (like temperature,

fuel

and

odometer)

go

between English and metric.

Trip

Odometer

You

can tell how far

you’ve

gonc

since

you

last set

it

back to zero.

To

reset, push and

hold

the button until it

zeros.

If your vehicle

is

domestic, the trip odometer

WIII

return

to

zero

after

999.9 miles (1609 km). If your vehicle

is

Canadian or Export, the trip

odometer will return

to

zero after 1999.9 km

(1242

miles).

Odometer

You may wonder what happens

if

a car has to have

a

new odometer

installed. The new one may read the correct mileage. This is because your

car’s computer has stored the mileage in memory.

If

it

isn’t stored, then

this odometer is set at zero, but

a

label on the driver’s door must show the

old reading and when the new one was installed.

‘WARNING

LIGHTS

This section describes the warning lights that may

be

on

your vehicle. The

pictures

will help you

locate

them.

Warning lights can signal that something is wrong before it becomes

serious enough

to

cause

an

expensive repair or replacement. Paying

attention

to

your warning lights could also save you

or

others from injury.

Warning lights

go

on when there may be or is a problem with one

of

your

vehicle’s functions. As you will

see

in the details on the next few pages,

123

some warning lights come on briefly when you turn the ignition key just to

let you know they’re working.

If

you are familiar with this section, you

should not be alarmed when this happens.

When one

of

the warning lights comes on and stays on when you

are

driving, check the section that tells you what

to

do about it. Please follow

the manual’s advice. Waiting to do repairs can be costly

--

and even

dangerous.

So

please get

to

know your warning lights. They’re a big help.

Your vehicle may

also

have a driver information system that works along

with the warning lights. See “Driver Information System” in the Index.

Brake System Warning Light

Your Cadillac hydraulic brake system

is

divided into two parts.

If

one part

isn’t working, the other part can still work and stop you. For good

braking, though, you need both parts working

well.

If

the warning light goes

on,

there could be a brake problem. Have your

brake system inspected right away.

BRAKE

(0)

BRAKE

This light should come

on

as you start the

vehicle. If it doesn’t

come

on

then, have it

fixed

so

it

will

be ready

to

warn you

if

there’s a

problem.

This light will also come

on

when you set your parking brake, and will

stay

on

if

your parking brake doesn’t release fully. If it stays on after your

parking brake

is

fully released, it means you have a brake problem. If the

light comes

on

while driving, pull

off

the road and stop carefully. You may

notice that the pedal is harder

to

push. Or, the pedal may go closer to the

floor. It may take longer to stop.

If

the light

is

still

on,

have the vehicle

towed for service. (See “Towing Your Vehicle” in

the

Index.)

124

I

A

CAUTION:

Your brake system may not be working properly if the brake

warning light is

on.

Driving with the brake warning light on can

lead to an accident. If the light is still

on

after you've pulled off

service.

e road and stopped carefully, have the vehicle towed for

I

Anti-Lock Brake System

Warning

Light

=

With anti-lock, this light will go on when you start your engine and may

stay

on

for several seconds or

so.

That's normal.

If

the light doesn't come

on, have it fixed

so

it will be ready to warn you

if

there is a problem.

If the light stays on or comes on when you're driving, stop as soon

as

possible and turn the

key

off.

Then start the engine to reset the system.

If

the light still stays

on,

or

comes

on again while you're driving,

your

Cadillac needs service. -Unless the regular brake system warning light is

also on,

you will still have brakes, but not anti-lock brakes.

If

the regular

brake system warning light is also on, see "Brake System Warning Light"

earlier in this part.

The anti-lock brake system warning light may also come

on

when you are

driving with a compact spare tire.

If

this happens, the light means you

won't have anti-lock until you replace the compact spare with a full-size

125

tire.

If

the warning light

stays

on after you replace the compact spare

wlrn

a full-size tire, or

if

it comes on again when you’re driving, your Cadillac

needs service.

Engine Temperature Warning Light (Export Only)

This

light tells

you

that

your engine has

overheated.

You

should stop

the

car

and

turn the engine

off

as

soon

as

possible.

A

warning chime

should

also sound

if

this light

comes

011.

As

a

check,

the light should come

on for a few seconds

whcn

you

start

your

engine.

HOT

COOLANT CAN BURN YOU BADLY!

In “Problems on the

Road,” this manual shows what to

do.

See “Engine

Overheating”

in

the Index.

Service Engine

Soon

Light

I

ENGINE

SOON

126

A

computer monitors operation of your fuel, ignition and

emission

control systems. This light should come on when the ignition

is

on, but

the engine is not running, as a check to show you it is working.

If

it does

not come

on

at all, have it fixed right away.

If

it stays on, or it comes on

while you are driving, the computer

is

indicating that you have a problem.

You should take your vehicle

in

for service soon.

Battery Charge Light

(Export

Only)

.L

When you turn the key

to “Run” or

“START”,

this light

will

come on

briefly, to show that

your alternator and

battery charging

systems are working.

If

a light stays on, you need service, and you should take your Cadillac to

the dealer at once.

To

save

your

battery until you get there, turn

off

all

accessories.

Engine Oil Light

(Export

Only)

I

This

light tclls you

if

there could be

a

problem with your

engine

oil

pressure.

The

light goes on when

you

turn your key to

“Run”

or

“Start.” It goes off

once you start your engine. That’s just

a

check to be sure the light works.

If

it doesn’t, be sure to have it fixed

so

it

will be there to warn

you

if

something

goes

wrong.

When the light comes

on

and

stays

on,

it

means

oil

isn’t going through

your

engine properly.

You

could be low

on

oil,

or

you might have some

other

oil

problem.

I

~~~

I

A

CA,

TIO,

4:

Don’t keep driving

if

the oil pressure is low.

If

you do, your

engine can become

so

hot that

it

catches fire. You or others

could be burned. Check your

oil

as

soon

as possible and have

vour vehicle serviced.

128

Tachometer

-

Analog

Cluster

\\'

4

dr

\

2

\

5

"1

This gage indicates the

engine speed in

Revolutions Per

Minute (RPM).

.

~~

.

-.

NOTICE:

Do

not operate the engine with the tachometer in the red area,

or engine damage may occur.

I

Engine Speed Limiter

(4.6L

Northstar)

If

you

have the 4.6L Northstar engine, you have an Engine Speed

Limiter. This feature prevents the engine from operating at too many

revolutions per minute (RPM). When your engine

RPM,'s

are critically

high the fuel supply to the engine is shut off. When the engine speed

slows, the fuel supply will come on again. This helps prevent damage to

the engine.

Vehicle Speed Limiter

4.6

L

(270

hp)

This feature prevents your vehicle from exceeding speeds that your tires

are not rated for. When this happens your engine's fuel supply is shut

off.

When the vehicle speed slows, the

fuel

supply will come on again.

129

Fuel

Gage

Your fuel gage

shows

about

how

much

fuel

is

in

your

tank.

It

works only

when the ignition is

in

the “RUN” position.

Digital

Gage

If

the

fuel

level

is

within approximately one gallon (3.9 liters) of being

full

the letter

“F”

is

shown.

If the fuel level

is

between

1

and

2

gallons (3.9

and

7.6

liters)

from

being

empty the letter

“E”

is shown.

If

the

fuel

supply

gets

down

to

approximatcly

1

gallon

(3.9

liter) the

”E”

will

flash,

and

the

“

FUEL

LEVEL VERY LOW” message will appear

in

the

Driver Information

Center (DIC). (On the analog

fuel

gage,

the

“FUEL

LEVEL

VERY

LOW’’ message will

also

appear.)

Here are a

few

concerns

some

owners have had about

the

fucl

gage. All

these situations are normal

and

indicate nothing wrong

with

the

fuel

gage.

0

At the gas station,

the

gas pump shuts off before the gage reads

“F”.

It takes more

(or

less) gas

to

fill

up than

the

gage said.

For

example,

the

gage

said

“8

Gallons”?

but

it

took

morc

--

or

less

--

than

the

tank’s

remaining capacity

to

fill

it.

The gage changes when

you

turn

(or stop,

or

speed

up).

Fuel

Data

Panel

DATA

Your Fuel Data Panel tells

you

all

you

want

to

know about

your

fuel

economy and

how

far you can travel with

the

fuel

remaining. Here's

how

it

works.

DATA:

Push this button

to

toggle between

"

INST MPG" (instantaneous

miles per gallon) or

the

"AVG MPG" (average mile per gallon) displays.

You can also display

it

in

metric units by pressing the "ENG MET"

button.

RESET

Push this button to reset

the

"

AVG MPG"

to

zero.

AVG

MPG

(Average Fuel Economy):

When

''

AVG

MPG"

is selected, the

total distance is divided by

thc

total

fuel

used.

INST (Instantaneous Fuel Economy):

When

"

INST

MPG"

is

selected,

you

will see what your

fuel

economy is at that instant.

The

computer

takes

a

new reading twicc every second. It will show economy up to

70

miles per gallon (or

2

liters per

100

Kilomctcrs).

RANGE:

This

display shows

how

far

the

computer

thinks

you

can go with

the

fuel that is

in

your tank. The computer does

not

know

what driving

conditions will be like

for

the rest

of

your trip, so the range is estimated

based

on your previous

fuel

economy. Thcrcforc, your range reading may

change

as

your driving habits change (going from city

to

highway driving

may increase

the

range

reading).

131

When you get down to

40

miles

to

go (or, in metric

64

km) the range

display will show

66L~7’.

Your computer needs enough data for the “RANGE” reading to work,

however,

so

it will read “Lo”for a while when your vehicle is brand new

(under

25

miles). Also, it will show for a while

if

your battery has

been disconnected.

Driver Information Center

Your Driver Information Center (DIC) display gives

you

the status of

many

of

your vehicle systems. The DIC is used

to

display driver selectable

information and warningstatus messages.

If

more than one problem

is

detected, messages

will

automatically appear

in priority succession with the higher priority messages displayed first.

Driver Information Center

Control

Buttons

INFORMATION

Pressing this button successively

will

display the ENGINE

RPM

(Digital

Cluster

only), ENGINE COOLANT

TEMP,

BATTERY VOLTAGE, OIL

LIFE

INDEX

and FUEL

USED.

132

STORE/RECALL

Pressing this button will store any currently displayed message that is

indicating a system problem. Once a message has been stored the next

message of

normal

information

is

displayed.

When

a

message is stored it is saved in the computer, but once the

ignition

is

turned

off

the message is lost. All messages stored when your

engine is running can be viewed one at a time by pressing

“STORE/RECALIY button.

FUEL USED

RESET

Display the fuel used, then press and hold the STORE/RECALL button

until

0

is displayed.

DISPLAY ON/OFF

Pressing this button

will

turn off the Driver Information Center,

Electronic Climate Control and Fuel Data Center displays. While

displays are

off,

pressing the “INFORMATION” button will turn on only

the Driver Information Center. If any other button is pressed or a driving

warning message needs

to

be displayed, or

fuel

level falls below

4

gallons,

all the displays will come back on.

TRIP SET

Press and hold this button to set the Trip Odometer back to zero.

ENG/MET (English/Metric)

Press this button to switch from English (miles) to metric (kilometers).

Driver Information Center Messages

These messages will appear

if

there is a problem sensed in one

of

your

vehicle’s systems. Vehicles that

are

first sold in Canada or are export

vehicles will have a number after each message. This number helps to

identify that message, which is only displayed in English.

APPLY

BRAKE TO SHIFT

This message will appear

if

your vehicle is in “P” (Park) for about

5

seconds and the brake is not depressed. If you do not want this message

to appear, you can cancel this message by pressing the

OFF

and the Blue

(cooler) button on the Electronic Climate control panel. Push the same

2

buttons again to have this message displayed again.

133

A/C

OVERHEATED

-

A/C COMPRESSOR

OFF

If the refrigerant system ever reaches an over-pressure condition, this

message

will

appear to tell you that the air conditioning compressor has

been turned

off.

Air conditioned air

will

not

be delivered to cool your

vehicle. If the pressure returns

to

a normal operating range,

you

must

select “AUTO”, “DEFOG”

,

or Defrost to start the compressor.

If

this

message continues to appear, have the system repaired as soon as

possible to avoid compressor damage.

BATTERY

NO

CHARGE

This message will appear

if

your battery is not being charged. Have your

electrical system checked by

your

Cadillac dealership at your earliest

convenience.

BATTERY VOLTS

HIGH

This

message shows that the electrical charging system

is

overcharging,

(more than

16

volts). To avoid being stranded have the electrical system

checked by your Cadillac dealership at your earliest convenience.

You

can

reduce the charging overload

by

using the accessories. Turn

on

the lights,

radio, set the Climate Control on

“AUTO”

and the fan speed on

“HI”

and turn the rear window defogger on.

You

can monitor battery voltage

on the Driver Information Center by toggling the “INFORMATION’’

button. When the engine is running, the normal range is

11.5

to

15.5

volts.

BATTERY VOLTS LOW

This message

will

appear when the electrical system is charging less than

10 volts, or

if

the battery has been drained. If this message appears

immediately after starting it is possible

that

the

generator can still

recharge the battery.

The

battery should recharge after driving

a

few

miles and the message should

go

out. If this message appears while

driving or after starting

your

vehicle and stays on, have

it

checked

immediately to determine the cause

of

this problem.

To

help the

generator recharge the battery quickly, you can reduce the load on the

electrical system by turning

off

your accessories. You can monitor battery

voltage

on

the

Driver Information Center

by

toggling

the

“INFORMATION” button. The normal range is

11.5

to

15.5

volts.

134

CHANGE TRANS FLUID (Northstar

Only)

This message will appear when it is time to replace the transaxle fluid.

See your maintenance booklet for the proper fluid and change intervals.

CHECK

BRAKE

FLUID

This message

is

displayed to inform the driver that the brake reservoir

fluid level

is

low. Check the brake reservoir level and add as needed.

Have the brake system serviced by

a

Cadillac technician as soon as

possible.

If

the brake warning light is on, follow the directions in that

section.

CHECK COOLANT LEVEL (Northstar

Only)

This message

will

appear when there is a low level

of

engine coolant.

Have the cooling system serviced by a Cadillac technician as soon as

possible.

CHECK FUEL GAGE

This message

will

appear when your fuel supply is less than

4

gallons and

your display is turned

off.

CHECK

OIL

LEVEL (Northstar

Only)

This message

will

appear when

your

engine

oil

is

approximately a quart

low.

If this message is displayed, check the oil and add as needed.

CHANGE OIL

SOON

This message

will

appear when your engine oil is less than

10

percent

or

the mileage since the last oil change is more than

6750

miles.

CHANGE ENGINE OIL

135

This means that the life of your engine

oil

has expired and it should be

changed immediately. See engine

oil

and filter recommendations

in

the

Maintenance Schedule. After an

oil

change, the Oil Life Index must be

reset. See “Oil Life Indicator”

in

the index on how to reset it.

ENGINE COOLANT

HOT

IDLE ENGINE

This message will appear when your engine coolant temperature

is

over

126°C

(248’F).

To

avoid added strain on a hot engine, turn off your

Climate Control system and stop and allow your vehicle to idle until it

cools

down or the mcssage is removed.

If

it does

not

cool down, turn

off

your engine and have it serviccd before driving

it

again. Severe enginc

damage can result from an overheated engine. See “Engine Overheating”

in the Index.

ENGINE

HOT

-

A/C COMPRESSOR OFF

This message will appear

when

the

Climate Control

is

in

“Auto” or

Defrost and the engine coolant

is

hotter than the normal operating

temperature.

To

avoid added strain on a hot engine the air conditioning

compressor

is

automatically turned

off.

When that happens, air

conditioned air is not delivered.

Tf

the coolant temperature returns to

normal,

you

must select “AUTO”, “DEFOG” or Defrost to return to a

normal

A/C

compressor operation.

FUEL LEVEL

VERY

LOW

This message. serves as a warning that

the

fuel

level

in your tank is

critically low.

It

means you should stop for

fuel

immediately.

LOW

A/C

REFRIGERANT

-

SERVICE A/C

SOON

This message will appear when the A/C refrigerant is

so

low

that it

no

longer

can

cool

well.

This message shows that some of the refrigerant has

leaked out

of

the system, and that the A/C needs recharging. If you do

not have it recharged,

the

system may not

cool

at all.

CHECK WASHER FLUID

This message shows that the washer fluid reservoir is nearly empty.

REDUCE

ENGINE POWER

(Northstar

Only)

This message

will

appear

if

the

engine starts to cut cylinders to reduce

power, If this message is ever displayed have your vehicle serviced as soon

as

possible.

136

SERVICE A/C SYSTEM A/C COMPRESSdR

OFF

This message appears when the electronic sensors that control the A/C

and heating system are no longer working.

You

mav notice

a

drop

in

heating and A/C efficiency when this message appkars. Have your

Climate Control system serviced

if

this message appears.

STARTING DISABLED DUE

TO

THEFT SYSTEM REMOVE

IGNITION

KEY

This message

will

appear when the Personalized Automotive Security

System (PASS Key

I1

rM

)

senses that

an

improper ignition

key

is being

used to try to start the vehicle. Check the ignition key

for

damage.

If

it

is

damaged,

it

may need to be replaced. If

you

see

no

damage, clean the

pellet contacts

with

a

soft cloth or napkin. Remove

the

ignition

key

and

wait for the Driver Information Center to display “WAIT

3

MINUTES”.

The Instrument Panel Cluster

will

then

run

a timer and change

the

messages to “WAIT

2

MINUTES”, “WAIT

1

MINUTE”, and then

“START CAR”. When the “START CAR” message

is

displayed,

try

again

to start the engine.

SERVICE

NOW

-

REFER

TO

OWNERS

MANUAL

This message appears

if

you have a problem

with

the Electronic Control

Module (ECM).

To

correct this problem have your vehicle serviced at

your Cadillac dealership.

SERVICE RIDE CONTROL

This message

is

displayed to indicate that

the

Suspension System

is

not

operating properly. To correct this problem have

your

vehicle serviced at

your Cadillac dealership at your earliest convenience.

STOP ENGINE ENGINE OVERHEATING

This

message

will

appear when

your

engine has overheated. Stop and

turn your engine

off

immediately to avoid severe engine damage. See

“Engine Overheating” in the Index.

SERVICE VEHICLE

SOON

This message

will

appear

if

there

is

a problem with your Emission

Control System.

If

the “SERVICE ENGINE SOON” light on the

instrument panel and this message appear and then turns off, it

is

an

indication that

a

temporary problem has cleared itself. Have your vehicle

checked

at

your

earliest convenience.

137

STOP ENGINE LOW OIL PRESSURE

If

this message appears while the engine is running, stop the engine and

do not operate it until the cause of low oil pressure is corrected. Severe

damage to the engine can result.

SERVICE SUPPLEMENTAL INFLATABLE RESTRAINT

If

this message appears, there is a problem with your Supplemental

Inflatable Restraint (Air Bag) system. Let only a qualified technician

work on your vehicle. See your Cadillac dealer for service at once.

THEFT SYSTEM PROBLEM/CAR

MAY

NOT RESTART

This message means there is atroblem in the Personalized Automotive

Security System (PASS Key

I1

).

PASS Key I1

TM

will prevent the vehicle

from restarting if it is turned off,

so

you should take the vehicle to a

proper service center before turning the engine off. Never leave an

unattended vehicle with the engine running. Once you are where you can

get service, turn the engine

off

and then try to restart it. If the vehicle

does not restart, the PASS Key

I1

TM

system will need servicing.

TRACTION ACTIVE

If

your vehicle is equipped with Traction Control, this message

will

be

displayed if Traction Control is being used to reduce wheel slippage.

TRACTION DISABLED

If

your vehicle is equipped with Traction Control, this message will be

displayed if

a

problem is noted in the Traction Control System. Have your

vehicle serviced as soon as possible.

TRANS FLUID RESET (Northstar

Only)

With the engine not running and the ignition

ON,

press and hold the

OFF

and

REAR

DEFOG

buttons until the TRANS FLUID

RESET

message appears

in

the Information Center (between

5

and

20

seconds).

TRANS OVERHEATED (Northstar

Only)

This message indicates that your transaxle is running too hot.

You

should

stop and turn your engine

off

as soon as possible. Let the engine and

transaxle cool and have the problem corrected. Severe transaxle damage

can result from an overheated transaxle

138

TURN SIGNAL ON

This message is

a

reminder, after driving about

a

mile that

you

have your

turn

signal

on.

TRUNK

OPEN

This message indicates that your trunk

is

opcn when

the

Ignition is

ON.

VERY

LOW

REFRIGERANT

This message means that the Air Conditioning system detects

a

refrigerant

level

that

is

low enough

to

cause damage

to

the A/C

compressor.

To

avoid damage, the A/C compressor automatically turns

off

and the Electronic Climate Control will automatically switch from

“AUTO” to “ECON” and remain there. Have your

A/C

system serviced

if

this message appears.

Speed Sensitive Steering

(SSS)

This

system varies the amount

of

steering effort proportionate to your

vehicle speed. Steering is easier at

a

lower speed for increased

maneuverability and parking ease.

As your vehicle speed increases, the

steering effort

is

also increased proportionately. At highway speeds the

amount

of

steering effort

is

greatly increased to provide a manual like

steering feel for maximum control

an

enhanced vehicle stability.

Road Sensing

Suspension

(Northstar

Only)

The Road Sensing Suspension automatically controls

the

ride

of

your

vehicle.

The

system controls damping forces

in

the shock absorbers and

struts in response to various road and driving conditions. The system is

capable of making these changes within milli-seconds.

The Road Sensing Suspension controller

is a

computer used

to

control

and monitor the system. The computer receives inputs from vertical

acceleration sensors, wheel

to

body

position sensors, vehicle speed

sensor, lift and dive signals, and determines optimum strut valving or

(suspension stiffness) for your current operating conditions.

The

computer also receives feedback from the various components to

determine proper system operation. If the computer receives an incorrect

feedback from the system, an error code will be

set

in

memory and

a

“SERVICE

RIDE

CONTROC’

message will display

on

the Driver

139

Information Center. If

this

message should appear, have your vehicle

serviced at your Cadillac dealer at your earliest convenience.

Oil

Life

Indicator

Your Cadillac has

a

Driver Information Cente.r

with

an

Oil

Change

Indicator feature. This tclls you when

you

need

to

change your engine

oil.

It’s based upon

the

engine oil temperatures and your driving patterns.

.

...

I

To

see the display,

press

the

Information

button several times

until

“

OTL

LIFE

INDEX”

appears.

You’ll see how much oil life you have left,

as

a

percentage.

So,

if

you

see

“95 OIL LIFE

INDEX,”

for example, that means that the way you’re

driving your car,

95%

of

your current oil

life

is

still left.

The

“OIL

LIFE INDEX” may say to change the oil sooner than your

maintenance schedule. This can happen

if

driving conditions, such as

short trips

in

cold weather, cause shorter

oil

life. Always keep

a

written

record

of

the mileage and date when you last changed your oil. For more

information on when to change your

oil,

see the “Maintenance

Schedule.”

If you see

“CHANGE

OIL

SOON,”

it

means that you have less than

10%.

of your oil

life

left, and you should consider changing your engine oil.

If you see

“CHANGE

ENGINE

OIL,”

it means the

oil

life

is gone and

you should change the oil right away (certainly within

200

more miles

[320

km]).

140

The

system probably will say

to

change the

oil

between 3000 miles (5000

km) and 7500 miles (12500

km),

but it may even say to change

it

before

3000 under

very

severe conditions.

It

all

depends

on

your driving

patterns. If it’s been 7500 miles (12500 km)

it

will say to change

oil.

There are two things

the

system doesn’t do:

It can’t sense heavy dust

in

the places whcre you drive. If you drive

in

a dusty area, you should change your

oil

every 3000 miles (5000 krn)

or

3

months (whichever comes first), unless

thc

display says to change

it

even sooner than that.

0

It doesn’t check how much

oil

you

have,

so

you’ll

still have

to

check

Also, for the system

to

work right,

it

is important that

you

use

SG

oil, as

discussed earlier.

for that.

To

see how, see Index under “Engine

Oil.”

When

You’ve

Changed the

Oil

When new

oil

is put

in,

you‘ll

need

to

reset

your

system.

To

do it, display

the

“OIL

LIFE

INDEX”

by pressing

the

“Information” button. Then

press and hold the “STORE/RECALL? buttons

until

the display shows

6‘

100.

77

Speed Sensitive Suspension

The Speed Sensitive Suspension automatically controls the firmness

of

your Cadillads ride. An actuator

in

each

of

the

four

struts will change

ride firmness depending

on vehicle speed and other driving conditions.

As

the

vehicle speed increases, the firmness

of

the suspension changes

to

one or three damping modes “Comfort”,

for

speeds !ess than 40 mph,

“Normal” for speeds between

40

and

60

rnph, and “Firm” for speeds

greater than 60 mph.

The

system also stiffens damping during hard

acceleration, braking and cornering ,for increased control,

A

computer is used

to

control and monitor the system. The computer

receives speed, acceleration and determines optimum mode strut valving

(or suspension stiffness) for your current operating conditions. The

computer also receives feedback from the struts to determine proper

system operation.

If

the

computer receives an incorrect feedback from

the system, an error code will

be

set

in

memory and a message

“SERVICE

RIDE

CONTROL?

will be displayed until

the

problem is

141

corrected. If this message should appear, have your vehicle serviced at

your Cadillac dealer at your earliest convenience.

Electronic

Level

Control

This keeps your car level.

The ignition has to be

“ON”

for the level control to work. When you turn

the

ignition off,

you

may hear the level control exhausting. The system

consists of an electronic height sensor,

a

small electric air compressor,

and air adjustable shock absorbers mounted

on

the rear

of

the vehicle.

If

the

system

has a slight leak, the air compressor

will

run frequently for a

few

seconds each time.

For a massive air leak, the air compressor

will

stay

on

for approximately

7

minutes.

You

should see your dealer for service, but

you

can keep driving

your Cadillac, though.

142

COMFORT CONTROLS AND AUDIO SYSTEMS

In this section

you’ll

find out how to operate the comfort control systems

and audio systems offered with your Cadillac. Be sure to read about the

particular system supplied with your vehicle.

YOUR

CADILLAC

AIR

SYSTEM

Outside Air

The outside air always

tlows

through your Vehicle when it is moving. It

enters your vehicle through an

inlet

at the base

of

the windshield. Keep

this area clear a debris.

Even

if

the

vehicle is

not

moving, you can always

get outside air

.

If

you

are traveling

in

the

603

F

(

1b3C

)

AUTO

setting, a

door will close

to

stop the

flow

of

outside air, recirculating only the

interior air to

cool

your vehicle.

Air Outlets

The air outlets are

located

in

the center

and each side

of

the

instrument panel.

You

can adjust the

direction

of

air

flow

by

moving

the control

levers or even turn

off

1

the air

flow

by

rotating

the lever located on

each side

of

the

outlets.

143

Electronic Climate Control

(ECC)

Your vehicle has strategicaly placed clectronic sensors, that feed

information to the vehicle’s computer systems. Your vehicle can control

the ventilation, heating, and air conditioning automatically year round.

The outside temperature, inside temperature setting, fan speeds, and the

ECC

selection are displayed on a digital screen.

OFF:

Nothing is on, but air

will

flow through your vehicle

if

you’re

moving. The system

will

try to keep the air at the selected temperature,

but it

might

not

be

able to maintain it

if

it’s hot, or cold, outside.

“OUTSIDE’’ Temperature: The outside temperature is always displayed

when your vehicle is running. You can change

it

from Celsius to

Fahrenheit by pushing the ENG/MET(English/Metric) button.

144

Temperature

To

select the

temperature

you

want,

push

the

blue button

for

a cooler setting and

the red button for a

warmer setting.

The

temperature setting

will be displayed

on

the digital screen.

I

You

can select temperatures from

65

F

(

18

"

C)

to

85

F

(69

"

C).

And, at

each end,

you

may choose

60°F

(16"

C),

for maximum cooling, and

903F

(33"C),

for maximum heating.We recommend when first getting familiar

with your vehicle, select

75°F

(24°C).

You

may find that your

own

personal comfort requires

a

slightly higher or lower setting. Once

you

set

the temperature, the system will automatically maintain the set

temperature.

ECON

With this setting

it's

all

automatic, but the air conditioningcorupressor

does not operate and

it

won't remove humidity from the alr. However,

the system will try

to

keep the air at

the

selected temperature. Use this

setting

in

cold or cool weather to save fuel.

If

it's warm outside and you need

to

cool the air,

use

the next choice.

AUTO

With this setting,

the

air

conditioning

compressor

runs and it's

all

automatic. In cold weather when the system senses the need for heat, the

air

flow

will

be directed out

the

floor

ducts. As the interior temperature

approaches

the

desired setting,

the

blower speed will decrease and

the

air

flow

could be directed through

the

defroster and floor ducts.

To

maintain

interior comfort, the air

flow

may move

to

the air outlets and floor ducts

145

(Bi-level).

On

bright sunny days

in

cold weather, the air flow could even

come out the A/C outlets

to

maintain comfort.

Electronic Climate Control Features

A/C Purge

If

your vehicle is sitting out

on

a hot day and you have it set

on

AUTO,

the air will first flow out

the

floor air ducts for a few seconds. That is

normal. This is to expel hot air in the air ducts. As the air is cooled, the

flow will move through the A/C outlets.

Cold Weather Purge

On cold days when your system is first turned on, at any setting other

than Defroster, DEFOG

or

OFF a small amount

of

air will flow through

the defroster duct preventing your windshield from fogging.

Automatic Defog

When using your wipers or rear window defogger for several minutes, the

system senses that

a

humid condition

exists.

When this happens air

flow

will be directed to

the

windshield and floor ducts to keep

your

side glass

and windshield clear.

Manually Recirculate Inside Air

There may

be

times,

when

you

don't want air from the outside.

To

recirculate the air from the inside only, just set the temperature to 60°F

(16OC) and adjust your fan speed.

DEFOG

Push this button to divide the air between the Windshield and the heater

ducts. This is useful

when

fog appears on the windshield or side glass due

to a sudden

rain.

146

Fan

Speeds

rn

Push

the

(symbol)

button until

“AUTO”

is

displayed on the

screen. At this setting,

the fan speed is

controllcd

automatically. If it is

cold outside, the

blower may not run in

the maximum high fan

speed. That is normal.

If

you want the blower fan

to

run only at a fixed high speed, push the

(upper) button until you see

“HI”

on

the display.

If you want the fan speed to be automatic, but you like the fan speed to

be higher than the AUTO setting, just push

the

buttons until

“HI/AUTO”

is shown

on

the display.

If

you want the blower to run only at a fixed low speed, push the (low)

button until

“LO”

is shown on the display.

If you want the

fan

speed to run lower than the “AUTO” setting, push

the

button until “AUTO

LO”

is shown

on

the display.

DEFROSTER

rn

Push this button

to

remove fog or ice from

the windshield.

The fan speed will work automatically or you can choose another

fan

speed

if

you want.

It will help a lot

if

you first clear

any

ice and snow from

the

hood and the

air inlet (it’s between the hood and

the

windshield).

147

REAR

DEFOGGER

Push this button

to

turn

on

the rear defogger.

With it, your rear

window and both

outside rearview

mirrors are heated.

The

system will

automatically shut off

after

10

minutes.

If

further defrosting is

desired, simply push

the button again.

“‘OTICE:

Scraping the inside

of

your rear window could cut and damage

the heating grids.

Your

warranty would not cover this damage.

And don’t put decals there;

you

might ha1 ocrap

hem

off.

L

Electronic Solar Sensor

The Electronic

Solar

Sensor is part

of

the

Electronic Climate Control

System.

148

Rear Seat

Air

Outlet

Move

the

switch to

adjust the blower

speed from

“LO”

to

Move the

“VENT”

lever to direct air flow

from either the upper

or floor outlets.

Heated Windshield (Option)

Front

De-Ice

Here’s how to use your heated windshield

in

cold weather to remove

ice

or frost quickly:

1.

If

any snow

is

piled

up

on the windshield, brush

it

away.

149

!.

Start your Cadillac and leave it in P (“Park”).

fl

3.

Push the switch.

A

light will come on to tell you it is working.

4.

Try not to use other electrical equipment while the system is working.

The system will

go off after a four minute heating cycle.

If

you shift out

of

“P”

(Park), the system will only cycle for two minutes.

If

you want it to

cycle again, push the switch. It will go on for two minute cycles after that.

If

it has cleared your windshield before the cycle

is

over,

you can turn it

off

by just pushing the switch again.

Use the defroster to clear the windshield. In warm weather the heated

windshield system helps keep the vehicle’s interior

cool

by

blocking much

of

the sun’s heat producing radiation. The system’s solar control

properties also help reduce interior fading.

There is

a

metal film in the windshield which will block out some radio or

microwave signals. Therefore, the heated windshield

will

reduce the

useful range

of

devices such as garage door openers and radar detectors.

(In certain states radar detectors are legal.)

SOUND

SYSTEMS

Your

Delco’

sound system has been designed to operate easily and give

years

of

listening pleasure. But you will get the most enjoyment out

of

it if

you acquaint yourself with it first. Find out what your

Delco’

system can

do and

how

to operate all its controls, to be sure you’re getting the most

out

of

the advanced engineering that went into

it.

150

FM

Stereo

FM stereo

will

give you the best sound. But FM signals will reach only

about

10

to

40

miles

(16

to 65 km). And, tall buildings or hills can

interfere with

FM

signals, causing the sound to come and go.

AM

The range for most AM stations

is

greater than for

FM,

especially at

night. The longer range, however, can cause stations to interfere with

each other. AM can pick up noise from things like storms and power

lines.

Try

reducing the treble to reduce this noise

if

you ever get it.

This means your radio can produce quality AM sound comparable

to

FM

stereo. AMAX’ reduces noise without reducing the high frequencies

you

need for the best sound. In addition to improved sound quality, AMAX‘

includes more station on the AM band. You don’t have to

do

anything in

your radio because AMAX‘ is automatic.

AM

Stereo

This means the Delco’ system can receive C-QUAM’ stereo broadcasts.

Many AM stations around the country use C-QUAM’ to produce stereo,

though some do not. (C-QUAM@ is a registered trademark

of

Motorola,

Inc.) If your Delco’ system can get C-QUAM@, your

“ST”

stereo light

will

come on when you’re receiving it.

151

A

CAUTION:

I

Hearing damage from loud noise is almost undetectable until

it

is too late. Your hearing can adapt to higher volumes

of

sound.

Sound that seems normal can be loud and harmful to your

I

hearing. Take precautions by adjusting the volume control on

your radio to a safe sound level before your hearing adapts to it.

To

help avoid hearing loss

or

damage:

0

Adjust the volume control to the lowest setting.

0

Increase volume slowly until you hear comfortably and

clearly.

152

How

To

Operate

Your

Sound

System

Your

Cadillac

will

have one

of

these Delco

Radio

Systems.

I

i

153

1

Please read the following

to

operate the radio portion

of

your Delco

radio system.

The

Upper

Knob

The upper

knob

does

these five things:

It

turns the radio on and off.

0

It controls the volume.

0

It lets you see what station you have. (When the radio

is

on,

push the

knob to display the station).

0

It tells you the time. (When the ignition is off, push the upper knob to

0

Push the knob

to

change direction

of

tape play.

display the time.)

Behind the upper knob

is

a

balance control.

It

moves the sound between

the left

and

right speakers.

If

you have the Delco

Bose

System you do not

have this balance control.

The

Lower

Knob

Turn

the lower knob

to

choose radio stations. Push the knob to switch

from

AM

or

FM.

154

If

you have the Delco Bose Gold Series Music System, it lets you switch

from

CD

(Compact Disc) to

TP

(Tape player).

The control behind the lower knob moves the sound between your front

and rear speakers.

When you push this button either up or down,

the

SCAN indicator in the

display will light and the radio will find the next station and stay there

about

5

seconds.

Then

it will

go

to the next station and pause, and keep

doing that until you push either the SCAN or upper knob.

SEEK

This button selects stations, but it doesn’t keep moving as SCAN does.

When you push SEEK

up

or down, the radio

will

automatically

go

to

the

next strongest station and stay there.

Export

Radio

Only

The SCAN and SEEK function selects station only in one direction.

Push

Buttons

You

can set the push buttons to get up to ten favorite. stations (Five

on

AM and five more on FM). Just:

Choose either

AM

or

FM

Tune in the station.

Push the

SET

button.

Within

5

seconds, push

one

of

the five push buttons.

Repeat these steps for each

of

the

five

push buttons.

BASS

The slide control increases or decreases the bass response tone. Moving

the control to the right increases bass while moving it to the

left

decreases

it.

155

TREBLE

The

slide control increases or decreases the treble response tone. Moving

the control to the right increases the treble

while

moving it to

the

left

decreases it.

Your

Cassette

Tape

Player

Your cassette tape player works best with tapes that are 30 to

45

minutes

long on each side. Tapes longer than that are

so

thin that they may not

work well in this player.

If

you

look

at the tape, or on its label

or

box,

it should say whether its

bias, ("equalization" is 70 microseconds (70

U

)

or

120

microseconds (120

U

).

Chrome and metal tapes

are

70

u

scc and standard iron tapes are 120

U

sec. Your tape player will adjust automatically

for

either type of

cassette tape.

To

Play

A

Cassette Tape

0

Turn the radio

on.

0

Insert the cassette through

the

tapc door. (The "TAPE" indicator

in

the display will light.)

If you hear nothing

or

hear just a garbled sound, the cassette may not be

in

squarely. Push the

EJCT

button

to

remove the tape and start over. The

tape equalization is automatically sensed and set. Inserting the cassette

also automatically disables

DNR""'"

and activates DOLBY"' noise

reduction.

DNR"

is

the Dynamic Noise Reduction. It helps remove background hiss

noise from the radio.

@

Once the tape is playing, use the upper and lower knobs to adjust the

volume and balance, just as you do

for

the radio. Push the upper knob

to

change tape direction. The arrow

in

the display show which

direction the tape is being played.

'"DNR"

is

a

registered trademark

of

National Semiconductor

Corporation.

156

FWD

(Forward)

Push

the

FWD

button

to move forward rapidly to another part of

the

tape.

The

radio will play during fast forward.

To

stop

the

tape push the

same button and the tape will start to play again.

REV

(Reverse)

Push the REV button

to

move the tape rapidly backward.

To

stop

the

tape, push the same button lightly or any of

the

other buttons. The radio

will play during this reve.rse function.

To

go from one side

of

the tape to the other, push

in

the

upper knob on

your radio.

To

remove

the

tape, push EJCT. The tape can be ejected when

the ignition is turned

off.

If

the

selection is at the end

of

the tape, the tapc

will

reverse directions and

begin playing at

a

normal speed.

the

PREV button up to quickly go to the beginning

of

the last

selcction.

If

the

player has played less than

10

seconds into the current selection:

depressing the PREV button

will

cause the player to find the beginning

of

the previous selection and resume play from that point.

If

the player is

more than

10

seconds

into

the current selection, pressing PREV button

will

cause

the

player to find the beginning of the current selection and

resume play from that point.

If

PREV is issued while the first selection

on

the tape is being played,

the

player will return to the beginning of that

side

of

the tape.

S

TIPL

(Stop-Play)

Press ST/PL

to

switch back

to

the radio without ejecting the tape. Press it

a

second time to start playing

it

again.

157

EJCT (Eject Tape)

Press this button

to

remove the tape.

The

Delco

Bose

Gold

Series

Music

System

This optional sound system combines an

AM/FM

stereo radio with a

cassette tape player and a compact disc player

in

a single unit.

To

operate the radio and cassette tape player portion

of

this music

system, please read the beginning

of

this section. “How

To

Operate Your

Sound System” and “Your Cassette Tape Player.”

To

Play

the

Disc Player

Before you begin, please

note:

don’t use the mini-discs that are called

“singles” (even with an adapter). They won’t eject.

Use

full-size compact

discs only.

Turn the radio

on.

Insert

a

disc (label side up) partway into the slot. The player will pull

it in. Wait a few seconds and the disc will play. Then only the time

of

day

and “CD” will display.

If

the disc comes back

out,

check to

see

if:

The disc is upside down.

The disc

is

dirty, scratched, or wet.

There’s too much moisture

in

the air. (If there is, wait about one hour

and try again).

“Err”

(Error

Detection)

If

this message is displayed,

you

have

a

condition

of

either extreme

temperature, moisture,

or

an incorrect disc. The disc will automatically be

ejected. When conditions are back to normal, the disc should play again.

RCLIPROG

(RecalllProgram)

0

Press once

to

see what track is being played.

158

Within

5

seconds press

it

a second time

to

see how long the disc has

been playing.

Press it a third time to see

the

time of day.

Rev (Reverse)

Push and hold

REV

to return rapidly within

a

track. Release it to play the

passage.

The

elapsed time

will

be displayed to show the reverse progress

of

the

CD.

FWD

(Fast

Forward)

Press and hold

FWD

to advance quickly within a track. Release it to

resume playing. Elapsed time will be displayed to show the forward

progress

of

the

CD.

Prev (Previous)

Push this button to

go

back to the beginning

of

the track

or

push it again

to

a

favorite track.

STIPL (StopjPlay)

Press this button and the disc or tape will stop without ejecting it and the

radio will start to play. Press it again and the disc or tape will start to play

again.

E

JCT

(Eject)

Press

this

button to eject the disc

or

tape.

If

you have

both

a

CD

and

a

tape in the player, then the other playback media will start to play. Press

it again and the other media will eject.

159

Comp (Compression)

Pressing COMP makes soft and loud passages more nearly equal in

volume. For example, playing classical or jazz music with very quiet and

very loud passages

in

the

same tune. The COMP display

will

light as long

as COMP is on.

Setting

The

Clock

Turn the ignition on. Then:

To Set the Hour:

0

Press

SET,

and

within

5

seconds,

0

Press and hold SEEK. When the clock gets to the correct hour, let go.

To Set the Minutes:

Press SET, and within

5

seconds,

Press and hold SCAN. When the clock gets to

the

correct minute, let

Your clock

is

set.

go*

Care

of

Your

Cassette Tape Player

A

tape player that is not cleaned regularly can cause reduced sound

quality, ruined cassettes, or a damaged mechanism. Cassette tapes should

be stored

in

their cases away from contaminants, direct sunlight, and

extreme heat. If they aren’t, they may not operate properly or cause

failure of the tape player.

Your tape player should be cleaned regularly each month or after every

15

hours

of

use. If you notice a reduction

in

sound quality,

try

a known

good cassette to see

if

the tape or the tape player is at fault. If this other

cassette has

no

improvement

in

sound quality, clean the tape player.

Clean your tape player with a wiping-action, non-abrasive cleaning

cassette, and follow the directions provided with it.

Cassettes are subject to wear and the sound quality may degrade over

time. Always make sure that the cassette tape is

in

good condition before

you have your tape player serviced.

160

Care

of

Your

Compact

Discs

Handle

discs

carefully. Store them in their

original

cases

or other

protective

cases

and away from direct sunlight and dust.

If

the surface

of

a disc is soiled, dampen a clean, soft cloth in a mild, neutral detergent

solution and clean it, wiping from the center to the edge.

L

.

Be sure never to touch the signal surface when handling discs. Pick

up

discs by grasping the outer edges or the edge

of

the hole and the outer

edge.

Power

Antenna Mast Care

Your power antenna will look its best and work well if it's cleaned from

time to time.

To

Clean the Antenna Mast:

1.

Turn on the ignition and radio to raise the antenna to

full

mast

2.

Dampen a clean cloth with mineral spirits

or

equivalent solvent.

3.

Wipe cloth over the mast sections, removing any dirt.

4.

Wipe

dry

with clean cloth before retracting.

5.

Make the antenna go up and down by turning the radio or ignition on

6.

Then repeat

if

necessary.

extension.

and off.

161

162

Y

coi

YOUR

DRIVING

AND

THE

ROAD

Ir

i

Here you’ll find information about driving on different kinds

of

roads and

in varying weather conditions. We’ve also included many other useful tips

on driving.

ROAD

SIGNS

The road signs you see everywhere are coded by color, shape and

symbols. It’s a good idea to know these codes

so

that you can quickly

grasp the basic meaning or intent of the sign even before you have a

chance to read it.

163

Color

of

Road

Signs

A

STOP1

L

A

I

Y

WRONG

WAY

RED

means STOP. It may also indicate that some movement is not

allowed. Examples are

DO

NOT

ENTER and WRONG

WAY.

.

RAILROAD

ADVANCE

CROSSING

NO

PASSING

ZONE

NARROW

BRIDGE

YELLOW indicates a general warning. Slow down and be careful when

you

see

a yellow sign.

It

may signal a railroad crossing ahead,

a

no

passing

164

zone, or some other potentially dangerous situation. Likewise,

a

yellow

solid

line

painted on the road means “Don’t Cross.”

LOW

SHOULDER WORKERS

AHEAD FLAGGER

AHEAD

ORANGE

indicates road construction or maintenance. You’ll want to

slow down when

you

see an orange sign,

as

part

of

the road may be closed

off or torn up. And there may be workers and maintenance vehicles

around,

too.

WES

SMAl

1

MILE

GREEN

is used to guide the driver. Green signs may indicate upcoming

freeway exits or show the direction you should turn to reach a particular

place.

165

I=!!

HOSPITAL

A

INFORMATION

BLUE

signs

with white letters show

r

-

'

s'

services.

..

d

CANOEING

/

SWIMMING

BROWN

signs point out recreation areas

or

points

of

historic or cultural

interest.

Shape

of

Road

Signs

The

shape

of

the sign will tell you something, too.

166

An OCTAGONAL (eight-sided) sign means

STOP.

It is always red with

white letters.

A DIAMOND-shaped sign is

a

warning

of

something ahead

-

for

example, a curve, steep hill, soft shoulder, or a narrow bridge.

A TRIANGLE, pointed downward, indicates YIELD. It assigns the

right-of-way to traffic on certain approaches to an intersection.

167

A

TRIANGULAR

sign also is used on two-lane roads

to

indicate a

NO

PASSING

ZONE.

This

sign will

be

on

the left side

of

the roadway.

KEEP

RIGHT

A

LEFT

OR

THROUGH

ONLY

I

RIGHT TURN

ONLY

RECTANGULAR

(square

or

oblong) signs

show

speed

limits,

parking

regulations, give directions, and such information

as

distances to cities.

168

Symbols

on

Road

Signs

There are many international road signs

in

use

today.

The basic message

of many

of

these signs is

in

pictures or graphic

symbols.

A

picture within a circle with a diagonal line across it shows

what

not

to

do.

I

r

169

TRAFFIC

LIGHTS

I

7

I

We're all familiar with traffic lights or stop lights. Often green arrows are

being used in the lights for improved traffic control. On some multilane

roads, green arrows light up, indicating that traffic in one or more lanes

can move or make a turn. Green arrows don't mean "go no matter what."

You'll still need to proceed with caution, yielding the right of way to

pedestrians and sometimes to other vehicles.

Some traffic lights also use red arrows to signify that you must

stop

before

turning on red.

1

REVERSIBLE

LANE

ON

LANE

ROADWAY

MULTI-

€3

0

f3

n

Many city roads and expressways, and even bridges, use reversible-lane

traffic control during rush hours. A red

X

light above

a

lane means no

driving in that lane at that time.

A

green arrow means you may drive in

that lane.

Look

for the signs posted to warn drivers what hours and days

these systems are in effect.

PAWMENT MmNGS

I

NU

PASSING

ZONE

Pavement markings add to traffic signs and signals. They give information

to

drivers without taking attention from the roadway. A solid yellow line

on your side of the road or lane means “don’t cross.’’

YOUR

OW

SIGNALS

Drivers signal to others,

too.

It’s not only more polite, it’s safer to let

other drivers know what you are doing. And in some places the law

requires driver signals.

Turn and lane change signals. Always signal when

you

plan to turn or

change lanes.

If

necessary, you can use hand signals out the window: Left arm straight

out for a left turn, down for slow

or

about-to-stop, and up for a right turn.

Slowing down.

If

time allows, tap the brake pedal once or twice in

advance of slowing or stopping. This warns the driver behind you.

Disabled. Your four-way flashers signal that your vehicle is disabled or is

a hazard.

See

“Hazard Warning Flasher” in the Index.

171

TRAFFIC

OFFICER

The traffic police officer is also a source of important information. The

officer’s signals govern, no matter what the traffic lights

or other signs

say.

The next section discusses some

of

the road conditions you may

encounter.

DEFENSIVE

DMNG

The best advice anyone can give about driving

is:

Drive defensively.

Please start with a

very

important safety device in your Cadillac: Buckle

up. (See “Safety Belts” in the Index.)

Defensive driving really means “be ready for anything.” On city streets,

rural roads, or freeways, it means “always expect the unexpected.”

Assume that pedestrians or other drivers are going to be careless and

make mistakes. Anticipate what they might do. Be ready for their

mistakes.

Expect children to dash out from behind parked cars, often followed by

other children. Expect occupants in parked cars to open doors into traffic.

Watch for movement in parked cars

--

someone may be about to open a

door.

Expect other drivers to run stop signs when you are

on

a through street.

Be ready to brake if necessary as

you

go through intersections. You may

not have to use the brake, but if

you

do, you will be ready.

If

you’re driving through a shopping center parking lot where there are

well-marked lanes, directional arrows, and designated parking areas,

expect some drivers to ignore all these markings and dash straight toward

one part

of

the lot.

Pedestrians can be careless. Watch for them. In general, you must give

way

to

pedestrians even if you know you have the right

of

way.

Rear-end collisions are about the most preventable of accidents. Yet they

are common. Allow enough following distance. It’s the best defensive

driving maneuver,

in

both city and rural driving. You never know wh.en

the vehicle in front

of

you is going to brake or turn suddenly.

172

Here’s a final bit of information about defensive driving. The most

-

dangerous time for driving in the

U.S.

is

very

early on Sunday morning. In

I

fact,

GM

Research studies show that the most and the least dangerous

times for driving, every week, fall on the same day. That day is Sunday.

7

The most dangerous time is Sunday from

3

a.m. to 4 a.m. The safest time

is

Sunday from 10 a.m. to

11

a.m. Driving the same distance on a Sunday

at 3 a.m. isn’t just a little more dangerous than it

is

at

10

a.m. It’s about

7

134 times more dangerous!

That leads to the next section.

r-

DRUNKEnT

DMNG

!

Death and injury associated with drinking and driving is

a

national

tragedy. It’s the number one contributor to the highway death toll,

claiming thousands of victims

every

year. Alcohol takes away three things

that anyone needs to drive a vehicle:

7.

-

0

Judgment

Muscular Coordination

Vision

alcohol

-

a driver, a passenger or someone else, such as a pedestrian,

had been drinking. In most cases, these deaths are the result of someone

who was drinking and driving. Over

25,000

motor vehicle-related deaths

occur each year because of alcohol, and thousands

of

people are injured.

i-

Police records show that half

of

all motor vehicle-related deaths involve

r

7

Just how much alcohol is too much

if

a person plans to drive? Ideally, no

one should drink alcohol and then drive. But

if

one does, then what’s

“too

much”? It can be a lot less than many might think. Although it d,epends

on each person and situation, here is some general information on the

The Blood Alcohol Content

(BAC)

of someone who is drinking depends

upon four things:

r

c

problem.

r

I.

How much alcohol is in the drink.

0

The drinker’s body weight.

0

The amount

of

food that is consumed before and during drinking.

The length of time it has taken the drinker to consume the alcohol.

r

173

According to the American Medical Association, a 180-pound (82

kg)

person who drinks three 12-ounce

(355

ml) bottles of beer

in

an hour will

end up with

a

BAC

of

about

0.06

percent. The person would reach the

same

BAC

by drinking three 4-ounce (120 ml) glasses of wine or three

mixed drinks if each had

1-1/2

ounces

(45

ml) of a liquor like whiskey, gin

or vodka.

It’s the amount

of

alcohol that counts. For example, if the same person

drank three double martinis

(3

ounces or

90

ml

of

liquor each) within an

hour, the person’s

BAC

would be close to 0.12 percent. A person who

consumes food just before or during drinking will have a slightly lower

BAC

level.

174

DRINKING

THAT

WILL

RESULT

IN

A

BAC

OF

.O5%

IN

THE TIME

SHOWN

OF

DR!NKS

(as

In

picture)

4

”+

2r

1

IOURS

‘

I

2

HOURS

100

120

140

160

180

200 220 240

BODY

WEIGHT

IN

POUNDS

IOUR

The law

in

most

U.S.

states sets the legal limit at a BAC

of

0.10 percent.

In Canada the limit

is

0.08 percent, and

in

some other countries it’s lower

than that. The BAC will be over

0.10

percent after three to

six

drinks (in

one hour). Of course, as we’ve seen, it depends on

how

much alcohol is in

the drinks, and how quickly the person drinks them.

But it’s very important to keep

in

mind that the ability to drive is affected

well below a BAC

of

0.10 percent. Research shows that the driving

skills

of many people are impaired at a BAC approaching 0.05 percent, and

that the effects are worse at night. All drivers are impaired at BAC levels

above

0.05

percent. Statistics show that the chance of being in

an

accident

increases sharply for drivers who have a BAC of

0.05

percent or above.

A

driver with a

BAC

level

of 0.06 percent (three beers

in

one hour for a

180-pound or 82

kg

person) has doubled his or her chance

of

having an

accident. At a BAC level

of

0.10 percent, the chance

of

that driver having

an accident is six times greater; at a level of 0.15 percent, the chances are

twenty-five times greater! And, the body takes about an hour to rid itself

of the alcohol

in

one drink. No amount of coffee or number of cold

showers

will

speed that

up.

“I’ll

be

careful” isn’t the right answer. What if there’s an emergency, a

need to take sudden action,

as

when a child darts into the street? A

175

person with

a

higher BAC might not be able to react quickly enough

to

avoid the collision.

There’s something else about drinking and driving that many people

don’t know. Medical research shows that alcohol in a person’s system can

make crash injuries worse. That’s especially true for brain, spinal cord

and heart injuries. That means that if anyone who has been drinking

--

driver or passenger

--

is

in

a crash, the chance of being killed or

permanently disabled

is

higher than

if

that person had not been drinking.

And we’ve already seen that the chance

of

a crash itself

is

higher for

drinking drivers.

I

A

CAUTION:

Drinking and then driving is very dangerous. Your reflexes,

perceptions, and judgment will be affected

by

even

a

small

amount of alcohol.

You

could have

a

serious

--

or even fatal

--

accident if you drive after drinking. Please don’t drink and drive

or

ride with a driver who has been drinking. Ride home in

a

cab;

or if you’re with

a

group, designate

a

driver who will not drink.

CONTROL

OF

A

WHICLE

You have three systems that make your vehicle go where

you

want it to

go. They are the brakes, the steering and the accelerator.

All

three

systems have

to

do their

work

at the places where the tires meet the road.

176

Sometimes, as when you're driving on snow or ice, it's easy to ask more

of

those control systems than the tires and road can provide. That means

you can lose control of your vehicle.

BRAKING

Braking action involves

p-

and reaction time.

First, you have to decide to push on the brake pedal. That's perception

time. Then you have to bring up your foot and do it. That's reaction time.

Average reaction time

is

about

3/4

of

a second. But that's only an

average. It might be less with one driver and as long as

two

or three

seconds or more with another. Age, physical condition, alertness,

coordination, and eyesight all play a part.

So

do alcohol, drugs and

frustration. But even in 3/4

of

a

second, a vehicle moving at

60

mph

(100

km/h) travels

66

feet

(20

m). That could be a lot of distance in an

emergency,

so

keeping enough space between your vehicle and others is

important.

And,

of

course, actual stopping distances vary greatly with the surface

of

the road (whether it's pavement or gravel); the condition

of

the road

(wet, dry, icy); tire tread; and the condition

of

your brakes.

Most drivers treat their brakes with care. Some, however, overwork the

braking system with poor driving habits.

Avoid needless heavy braking. Some people drive

in

spurts

--

heavy

acceleration followed by heavy braking

--

rather than keeping pace

177

with traffic. This is a mistake. Your brakes may not have time to cool

between hard stops. Your brakes will wear out much faster

if

you do a

lot

of

heavy braking.

a

0

Don’t “ride’’ the brakes

by

letting your left foot rest lightly on the

brake pedal while driving.

8

r

.

...

..

A

CAUTION:

I

“Riding” your brakes can cause them to overheat to the point

that they won’t work well.

You

might not be able to stop your

vehicle in time to avoid an accident.

If

you “ride” your brakes,

they

will

get

so

hot they will require

a

lot of pedal force to slc

you down. Avoid “riding” the brakes.

178

If

you keep pace

with

the traffic and allow realistic following distances,

you

will

eliminate a lot

of

unnecessary braking. That means better

braking and longer brake life.

If

your engine ever stops while you’re driving, brake normally but

don’t pump your brakes.

If

you do, the pedal may get harder to push

down.

If

your engine. stops, you

will

still have some power brake assist.

But you

will

use

it

when

you brake. Once the power assist is used

up,

it

may take longer

to

stop and the brake pedal

will

be

harder to push.

Anti-Lock

Brakes

(ABS)

Your Cadillac has an advanced electronic braking system that

will

help

prevent skidding.

This light on the

instrument panel

will

go on when you start

your vehicle.

hear a Once the vehicle speed reaches about

5

mph

(8

km/h), you may

momentary motor or c1,icking noise and you may

even

notice that your

brake pedal moves a little

while

this is going

on.

This is the ABS system

testing itself.

If

there’s a problem with the anti-lock brake system, the

anti-lock brake system warning light will stay on. See “Anti-lock Brake

System Warning Light” in the Index.

179

C

I

Here’s how anti-lock works. Let’s say the road is wet. You’re driving

safely. Suddenly an animal jumps out in front

of

you.

You slam on the brakes. Here’s what happens with

ABS.

A

computer senses that wheels are slowing down. The computer

separately works the brakes at each front wheel and at the rear wheels.

The anti-lock system can change the brake pressure faster than any driver

could. The computer is programmed to make the most of available tire

and road conditions.

You can steer around the obstacle while braking hard.

As

you

brake,

your

computer keeps receiving updates on wheel speed and

controls braking pressure accordingly.

180

I

A

CAUTION:

Anti-lock doesn’t change the time you need

to

get your foot up to

the brake pedal. If you get too close

to

the vehicle in front of

you, you won’t have time to apply your brakes

if

that vehicle

suddenly slows or stops.

Always

leave enough room up ahead to

stop, even though you have anti-lock brakes.

I

To

Use

Anti-Lock:

Don’t pump the brakes. Just hold the brake pedal down and let anti-lock

work for you.

You

may hear the anti-lock pump or motor operate. and

feel the brake pedal pulsate, but this is normal.

Disc

Brake Wear Indicators

Your Cadillac has four-wheel disc brakes.

Disc brake pads have built-in wear indicators that make a high-pitched

warning sound when the brake pads are worn and new pads are needed.

The sound may come and

go

or be heard all the time your vehicle is

moving (except when you

are

pushing on the brake pedal firmly).

UJTION:

The brake wear warning sound means that sooner or later

YL-,

brakes won’t work well. That could lead to an accident. When

you hear the brake wear warning sound, have your vehicle

serviced.

NOTICE:

181

Some driving conditions or climates may cause a brake squeal when the

brakes are first applied or lightly applied. This does not mean something

is

wrong with your brakes.

Brake linings should always be replaced as complete axle sets.

Brake Pedal Travel

See your dealer if the brake pedal does not return to normal height, or

if

there is a rapid increase

in

pedal travel. This could be a sign

of

brake

trouble.

Brake Adjustment

Every

time

you

make a moderate brake stop, your disc brakes adjust for

wear.

If you rarely make a moderate or heavier stop, then your brakes might

not adjust correctly. If you drive

in

that way, then

--

very carefully

--

make

a few moderate brake stops about every

1000

miles (1600 km),

so

your

brakes

will

adjust properly.

Braking in Emergencies

Use your anti-lock braking system when you need to.

With

anti-lock, you

can steer and brake at the same time. In many emergencies, steering can

help you more than even the very best braking.

STEERING

Power Steering

If

you

lose

power steering assist because the engine stops or the system

fails to function, you can steer but it

will

take much more effort.

182

Steering

Tips

Driving

on

Curves

It’s important

to

take curves at a reasonable speed.

A

lot

of

the “driver lost control” accidents mentioned on the news

happen on curves. Here’s why:

Experienced driver or beginner, each of us is subject to the same laws of

physics when driving on curves. The traction

of

the tires against the road

surface makes it possible for the vehicle to change its path

when

you turn

the front wheels. If there’s

no

traction, inertia will keep the vehicle going

in the same direction.

If

you’ve ever tried to steer a vehicle on wet ice,

you’ll understand this.

The traction you can get in a curve depends on the condition

of

your tires

and the road surface,

the

angle at which the curve

is

banked, and your

speed. While you’re in a curve, speed is the one factor you can control.

Suppose you’re steering through

a

sharp curve. Then you suddenly

accelerate.

Those

two

control systems

--

steering and acceleration

--

can overwhelm

those places where the tires meet the road and make you lose control.

What should you do if this ever happens? Let up on the accelerator

pedal, steer the vehicle the way

you

want it to

go,

and slow down.

Speed limit signs near curves warn that you should adjust your speed.

Of

course, the posted speeds are based on good weather and road

conditions. Under less favorable conditions you’ll want to go slower.

If you need to reduce your speed as you approach

a

curve, do

it

before

you enter the curve, while your front wheels are straight ahead.

Try

to adjust your speed

so

you

can “drive” through the curve. Maintain a

reasonable, steady speed. Wait to accelerate until you are out

of

the

curve, and then accelerate gently into the straightaway.

When you drive into a curve at night, it’s harder to see the road ahead of

you because it bends away from the straight beams of your lights. This is

one good reason

to

drive slower.

183

Steering in Emergencies

There are times when steering can be more effective than braking. For

example, you come over a

hill

and find a truck stopped

in

your lane, or a

car suddenly pulls out from nowhere, or a child darts out from between

parked cars and stops right in front of you. You can avoid these problems

by braking

--

if you can stop in time. But sometimes you can’t; there isn’t

room. That’s the time for evasive action

--

steering around the problem.

Your Cadillac can perform very well in emergencies like these. First apply

your brakes. It is better to remove as much speed

as

you

can from a

possible collision. Then steer around the problem,

to

the left or right

depending on the space available.

An

emergency like this requires close attention and a quick decision. If

you are holding the steering wheel at the recommended

9

and

3

o’clock

positions, you can turn it a

full

180

degrees very quickly without removing

either hand. But you have to act fast, steer quickly, and just as quickly

straighten the wheel once you have avoided the object. You must then be

prepared to steer back to your original lane and then brake to a

controlled stop.

Depending on your speed, this can be rather violent for an unprepared

driver. This

is

one of the reasons driving experts recommend that

you

use

your safety belts and keep both hands on the steering wheel.

The fact that such emergency situations are always possible

is

a good

reason to practice defensive driving at all times.

184

OFF-ROAD

RECOWRY

You may find sometime that your right wheels have dropped off the edge

of

a road onto the shoulder while you’re driving.

If

the level

of

the shoulder

is

only slightly below the pavement, recovery

should be fairly easy. Ease off the accelerator and then, if there is nothing

in the way, steer

so

that your vehicle straddles the edge of the pavement.

You can turn the steering wheel up to

1/4

turn until the right front tire

contacts the pavement edge. Then turn your steering wheel to go straight

down the roadway.

If the shoulder appears to be about four inches

(100 mm) or more below

the pavement, this difference can cause problems. If there is not enough

room to pull entirely onto the shoulder and stop, then follow the same

procedures. But if the right front tire scrubs against the side

of

the

pavement, do

NOT

steer more sharply. With too much steering angle, the

vehicle may jump back onto the road with

so

much steering input that it

crosses

over into the oncoming traffic before you can bring it back under

control.

Instead, ease

off

again

on

the accelerator and steering input, straddle the

pavement once more, then try again.

185

PASSING

The driver

of

a

vehicle about to pass another on a two-lane highway waits

for just the right moment, accelerates, moves around the vehicle ahead,

then goes back into the right lane again.

A

simple maneuver?

Not necessarily! Passing another vehicle on a two-lane highway is a

potentially dangerous move, since the passing vehicle occupies the same

lane as oncoming traffic

for

several seconds. A miscalculation, an error

in

judgment,

or

a brief surrender to frustration or anger can suddenly put

the passing driver face to face with the worst of all traffic accidents

--

the

head-on collision.

So

here are some tips for passing:

“Drive ahead.” Look down the road, to the sides, and to crossroads

for situations that might affect your passing patterns.

If

you have any

doubt whatsoever about making

a

successful pass, wait for a better

time.

Watch

for

traffic signs, pavement markings, and lines. If you can

see

a

sign up ahead that might indicate a turn or an intersection, delay your

pass.

A

broken center line usually indicates

it’s

all right to pass

(providing the road ahead is clear). Never cross

a

solid line on your

side

of

the lane

or

a double solid line, even

if

the road seems empty

of

approaching traffic.

If you suspect that the driver of the vehicle you want to pass isn’t

Do

not get too close

to

the vehicle you want to pass while you’re

aware of your presence, tap the horn

a

couple

of

times before passing.

awaiting an opportunity. For one thing, following

too

closely reduces

your area

of

vision, especially

if

you’re following a larger vehicle. Also,

you won’t have adequate space

if

the vehicle ahead suddenly

slows

or

stops. Keep back

a

reasonable distance.

When it looks like a chance to pass is coming up, start to accelerate

but stay

in

the right lane and don’t get too close. Time your move

so

you will be increasing speed

as

the time comes to move into the other

lane. If the way is clear

to

pass, you will have

a

“running start” that

more than makes up for the distance you would lose by dropping back.

And

if

something happens

to

cause you to cancel your pass, you need

only slow down and drop back again and wait

for

another opportunity.

186

0

a

0

a

0

If

other cars are lined up

to

pass a slow vehicle, wait your turn. But

take care that someone isn’t trying to pass you as you pull out to pass

the slow vehicle. Remember to glance over your shoulder and check

the blind spot.

Check your mirrors

,

glance over your shoulder, and start your left

lane change signal before moving out

of

the right lane

to

pass. When

you are far enough ahead

of

the

passed vehicle to see its front

in

your

inside mirror, activate your right lane change signal and move back

into the right lane. (Remember that your right outside mirror is

convex. The vehicle

you

just passed may seem

to

be farther away from

you than it really is.)

Try

not to pass more than one vehicle at a time on two-lane roads.

Reconsider before passing the

Don’t overtake

a

slowly moving vehicle

too

rapidly.

Even

though the

brake lights are not flashing, it may be slowing down or starting to

turn.

If

you’re being passed, make

it

easy for the following driver to

get

ahead

of

you.

Perhaps you can ease a little to the right.

LOSS

OF

CONTROL

Let’s review what driving experts say about what happens when the three

control systems (brakes, steering and acceleration) don’t have enough

friction where the tires meet the road to do what

the

driver has asked.

In

any emergency, don’t give up. Keep trying to steer and constantly seek

an escape route or area

of

less danger.

Skidding

In a skid, a driver

can

lose control

of

the vehicle. Defensive drivers avoid

most skids by taking reasonable care suited to existing conditions, and by

not “overdriving” those conditions. But skids are always possible.

The three types

of

skids correspond to your Cadillac’s three control

systems. In the braking skid your wheels aren’t rolling. In the steering or

cornering skid, too much speed

or

steering in a curve causes tires

to

slip

and

lose

cornering force.

And

in the acceleration skid too much throttle

causes the driving wheels to spin.

A

cornering skid and an acceleration skid are best handled by easing your

foot

off

the accelerator pedal.

If

your vehicle starts to slide (as when you turn a corner on a wet, snow-

or

ice-covered road), ease your foot off the accelerator pedal as soon as

you

feel

the vehicle start to slide. Quickly steer the way you want the

vehicle to go.

If

you start steering quickly enough, your vehicle will

straighten out. As it does, straighten the front wheels.

Of

course, traction is reduced when water, snow, ice, gravel,

or

other

material is on the road. For safety, you’ll want to slow down and adjust

your driving to these conditions. It is important to slow down on slippery

surfaces because stopping distance will be longer and vehicle control

more limited.

While driving on a surface with reduced traction, try your best to avoid

sudden steering, acceleration,

or

braking (including engine braking by

shifting to

a

lower gear). Any sudden changes could cause the tires to

slide. You may not realize the surface is slippery until your vehicle is

skidding. Learn to recognize warning clues

--

such

as

enough water, ice or

packed snow

on

the road to make a “mirrored surface”

--

and slow down

when you have any doubt.

Remember: Any anti-lock braking system

(ABS)

helps avoid only the

braking skid. Steer the way you want to go.

DIWTNG

AT

NIGHT

188

Night driving

is

more dangerous than day driving. One reason is that

some drivers are likely to be impaired

--

by alcohol or drugs, with night

vision problems, or by fatigue.

Here are some tips on night driving.

0

Drive defensively. Remember, this is the most dangerous time.

Don’t drink and drive. (See “Drunken Driving” in the Index for more

on

this problem.)

Adjust your inside rearview mirror to reduce the glare from headlights

behind you.

Since you can’t see as well, you may need to slow down and keep more

space between you and other vehicles. It’s hard to tell how fast the

vehicle ahead is going just by looking at its taillights.

Slow down, especially on higher speed roads. Your headlights can light

up only

so

much road ahead.

In remote areas, watch

for

animals.

If

you’re tired, pull

off

the road in a safe place and rest.

Night

Vision

No

one

can see as well at night

as

in

the daytime. But as we get older

these differences increase.

A

50-year-old driver may require at least twice

as much light to see the same thing

at

night as a 20-year-old.

What you do in the daytime can

also

affect your night vision. For

example, if you spend the day

in

bright sunshine

you

are wise

to

wear

sunglasses. Your eyes will have

less

trouble adjusting to night.

But if you’re driving, don’t wear sunglasses at night. They may cut down

on glare from headlights, but they also make a lot

of

things invisible that

should remain visible

-

such as parked cars, obstacles, pedestrians,

or

even trains blocking railway crossings. You

may

want

to

put on

your

sunglasses after you have pulled into a brightly-lighted service or

refreshment area. Eyes shielded from that glare may adjust more quickly

to darkness back on the road. But be sure to remove your sunglasses

before you leave the service area.

You

can be temporarily blinded by approaching lights. It can take a

second or

two,

or even several seconds,

for

your eyes to readjust to the

189

dark. When you are faced with severe glare (as from a driver who doesn’t

lower the high beams, or a vehicle with misaimed headlights), slow down

a little. Avoid staring directly into the approaching lights. If there

is

a line

of opposing traffic, make occasional glances over the line

of

headlights to

make certain that one

of

the vehicles isn’t starting

to

move into your lane.

Once

you

are past the bright lights, give your

eyes

time

to

readjust before

resuming speed.

High

Beams

If the vehicle approaching you has its high beams on, signal by flicking

yours to high and then back to low beam. This is the usual signal

to

lower

the headlight beams. If the other driver still doesn’t lower the beams,

resist the temptation to put your high beams on. This only makes two

half-blinded drivers.

On a freeway, use your high beams only in remote areas where you won’t

impair approaching drivers. In some places, like cities, using high beams

is illegal.

When you

follow

another vehicle on a freeway or highway,

use

low

beams. True, most vehicles now have day-night mirrors that enable the

driver

to

reduce glare. But outside mirrors are not

of

this type and high

beams from behind can bother the driver ahead.

A

Few

More

Night

Driving

Suggestions

Keep your windshield and all the glass on your vehicle clean

--

inside and

out. Glare at night

is

made much worse by dirt on the glass. Even the

inside

of

the glass can build up a film caused by dust. Tobacco smoke also

makes inside glass surfaces

very

filmy and can be a vision hazard

if

it’s left

there.

Dirty glass makes lights dazzle and flash more than clean glass would,

making the pupils

of

your eyes contract repeatedly.

You

might even want

to keep a cloth and some glass cleaner in your vehicle if you need to clean

your glass frequently.

Remember that your headlights light up far less of a roadway when you

are

in

a turn or curve.

Keep your eyes moving; that way, it’s easier to pick out dimly lighted

objects.

190

Just

as

your headlights should be checked regularly for

proper

aim, so

should your

eyes

be examined regularly. Some drivers suffer from night

blindness

--

the inability to see in dim light

--

and aren’t even aware of it.

DRn/lNG

IN

THE

RAIN

Rain and wet roads can mean driving trouble.

On

a wet road you can’t

stop, accelerate or turn as well because your tire-to-road traction isn’t as

good

as

on dry roads. And,

if

your tires don’t have much tread left, you’ll

get even less traction.

It’s

always wise to go slower and be cautious

if

rain starts to fall while you

are driving. The surface may get wet suddenly when your reflexes are

tuned for driving on dry pavement.

The

heavier the rain, the harder it is

to

see. Even

if

your

windshield wiper

blades are

in

good shape, a heavy rain can makc it harder to see road

signs and traffic signals, pavement markings, the edge

of

the road, and

even people walking. Road spray can often be worse for vision than rain,

especially

if

it comes from a dirty road.

So

it

is

wise to keep

your

wiping equipment

in

good shape and keep your

windshield washer tank filled. Replace your windshield wiper inserts

when they show signs of streaking or missing areas on the windshield,

or

when strips

of

rubber start to separate from the inserts.

191

I

Driving

too

fast through large water puddles

or

even

going through some

car washes can cause problems, too. The water may affect your brakes.

Try to avoid puddles. But

if

you can’t, try to slow down before

you

hit

them.

A

CAUTION:

Wet brakes can cause accidents. They won’t work well in a quick

stop and may cause pulling

to

one side.

You

could lose control

of

the vehicle.

After driving through a large puddle

of

water or a car wash,

apyiX7 your brake pedal lightly until yol’p brakes work normally.

Hydroplaning

Hydroplaning is dangerous.

So

much water can build up under your tires

that they can actually ride on the water. This can happen

if

the road is

wet

enough and you’re going fast enough. When your vehicle is hydroplaning,

it has little or no contact with the road.

You might not be aware

of

hydroplaning. You could drive along

for

some

time without realizing your tires aren’t

in

constant contact

with

the road.

192

You could find out the hard way: when you have to slow, turn, move out

to pass

--

or if you get hit by a gust

of

wind.

You

could suddenly find

yourself out

of

control.

Hydroplaning doesn’t happen often. But it can

if

your tires haven’t much

tread or if the pressure in one or more

is

low. It can happen

if

a lot of

water is standing on the road.

If

you can see reflections from trees,

telephone poles, or other vehicles, and raindrops “dimple” the water’s

surface, there could be hydroplaning.

Hydroplaning usually happens at higher speeds. There just isn’t a hard

and fast rule about hydroplaning. The best advice is to slow down when it

is raining, and be careful.

Some Other Rainy Weather Tips

0

Turn

on

your headlights

--

not just your parking lights

--

to help make

you more visible to others.

Look

for

hard-to-see vehicles coming from behind. You may want to

use your headlights even in daytime

if

it’s raining hard.

Besides slowing down, allow some extra following distance. And be

especially careful when you pass another vehicle. Allow yourself more

clear room ahead, and be prepared to have your view restricted by

road spray.

If

the road spray is

so

heavy you are actually blinded, drop

back. Don’t pass until conditions improve. Going more slowly is better

than having an accident.

Use your defogger if it helps.

Have

good tires with proper tread depth. (See “Tires” in the Index.)

193

DMNG IN

FOG,

MIST

AND

HAZE

Fog

can occur with high humidity or heavy frost. It can be

so

mild that

you

can

see

through it for several hundred

feet

(meters). Or it might be

so

thick that you can see only a few feet (meters) ahead. It may come

suddenly to an otherwise clear road. And it can

be

a major hazard.

When

you

drive into

a

fog patch, your visibility will be reduced quickly.

The biggest dangers are striking

the

vehicle ahead or being struck by the

one behind.

Try

to “read” the fog density down the road.

If

the

vehicle

ahead starts to become less clear or, at night,

if

the taillights are harder to

see, the fog

is

probably thickening. Slow down to give traffic behind you a

chance

to

slow

down. Everybody then has

a

better chance

to

avoid hitting

the

vehicle ahead.

A

patch of dense

fog

may extend

only

for a few

feet

(meters) or for miles

(kilometers); you can’t really tell while you’re in

it.

You

can only treat the

situation with extreme care.

une common fog condition

--

sometimes called mist

or

ground fog

--

can

happen

in

weather that

seems

perfect, especially at night or in

the

early

morning in valley and low, marshy areas.

You

can

be

suddenly enveloped

in

thick, wet haze that may even coat your windshield.

You

can often spot

these

fog

patches or mist layers with your headlights. But sometimes they

can be waiting for you

as

you come over

a

hill

or dip into

a

shallow valley.

194

Start your windshield wipers and washer, to help clear accumulated road

dirt. Slow down carefully.

Tips

on Driving in

Fog

If

you get caught in

fog,

turn your headlights

on

low beam:

(en

In

daytime. You’ll see

--

and be seen

--

better.

Use

your fog lignts

if

your

vehicle has them.

Don’t use your high beams.

The

light will bounce

off

the water droplets

that make up fog and reflect back at

you.

Use

your defogger. In high humidity,

even

a light buildup

of

moisture on

the inside

of

the glass will cut down on your already limited visibility. Run

your windshield wipers and washer occasionally. Moisture can build up

on

the outside glass, and what seems to

be

fog may actually be moisture

on

the outside

of

your windshield.

Treat dense fog as an emergency. Try to find a place to pull off the road,

Of

course you want to respect another’s property, but you might need to

put something between you and moving vehicles

--

space, trees, telephone

poles,

a

private driveway, anything that removes you from other traffic.

If

visibility is near zero and

you

must stop but are unsure whether

you

are.

away from the road, turn your lights

on,

start

your

hazard warning

flashers, and sound your horn at intervals or when you hear approaching

traffic.

Pass other vehicles

in

fog

only

if

you

can

see

far enough ahead to pass

safely.

Even

then, be preparcd to delay your pass

if

you

suspect

the

fog

is

worse up ahead. If other vehicles try to pass you, make it

easy

for them.

195

CITYDRWTNG

One

of

the biggest problems with city streets

is

the amount

of

traffic

on

them. You’ll want to watch out for what the other drivers are doing and

pay attention to traffic signals.

Here

are ways to increase your safety in city driving:

Know

the best way to get to where you are going.

Try

not to drive

around trying to pick out a familiar street or landmark. Get a city map

and plan your trip into an unknown part of the city just as you would

for

a

cross-country trip.

Try

to use the freeways that rim and crisscross most large cities. You’ll

save time and energy. (See the next section, “Freeway Driving.”)

0

Treat

a

green light as a warning signal.

A

traffic light

is

there because

the corner is busy enough to need it. When a light turns green, and

just before you start to move, check both ways for vehicles that have

not cleared the intersection or may

be

running

the

red light.

196

Obey all posted speed limits. But remember that they are

for

ideal

road, weather and visibility conditions.

You

may need to drive below

the posted limit

in

bad weather or when visibility is especially poor.

Pull to the

right

(with care) and stop clear of intersections when

you

see or hear emergency vehicles.

FREEWAYDIWTNG

Mile for mile, freeways (also called thruways, parkways, expressways,

turnpikes, or superhighways) are the safest

of

all

roads. But they have

their own special rules.

The

most

important advice on freeway driving

is:

Keep up with traffic and

keep to the right. Drive at the same speed most of the other drivers are

driving. Too-fast or too-slow driving breaks a

smooth

traffic flow. Treat

the left lane

on

a freeway as a passing lane.

Entering the Freeway

At the entrance there is usually a ramp that leads to the freeway.

If

you

have a clear view

of

the freeway as

you

drive along the entrance ramp,

you should begin to check traffic. Try to determine where you expect to

blend with the flow.

If

traffic is light, you may have no problem. But

if

it is

heavy, find a gap as you move along the entering lane and time

your

approach. Try to merge into the gap at close to the prevailing speed.

197

Switch on your turn signal, check your rearview mirrors as you move

along, and glance over your shoulder as often as necessary.

Try

to

blend

smoothly with the traffic flow.

Driving on

the Freeway

Once you are on the freeway, adjust your speed to the posted limit or to

the prevailing rate

if

it’s slower. Stay in the right lane unless you want to

pass.

If

you are on

a

two-lane freeway, treat the right lane as the slow lane

and the left lane as the passing lane.

If you are on

a

three-lane freeway, treat the right lane as the slower-speed

through lane, the middle lane as the higher-speed through lane, and the

left lane as the passing lane.

Before changing lanes, check your rearview mirrors. Then use your turn

signal.

Just before you leave the lane, glance quicklyover your shoulder to make

sure there isn’t another vehicle in your “blind” spot.

If

you are moving from an outside to a center lane on a freeway having

more than two lanes, make sure another vehicle isn’t about to move into

the same spot. Look at the vehicles two lanes over and watch for telltale

signs: turn signals flashing, an increase

in

speed, or moving toward the

edge

of

the lane. Be prepared

to

delay your move.

Once you are moving on the freeway, make certain you allow

a

reasonable following distance. Expect to move slightly slower at night.

Leaving the Freeway

When you want to leave the freeway, move to the proper lane well in

advance. Dashing across lanes at the last minute

is

dangerous.

If

you

miss

your exit do not, under

any

circumstances, stop and back up. Drive

on

to

the next

exit.

At each exit point is a deceleration lane. Ideally

it

should be long enough

for you to enter it at freeway speed (after signaling,

of

course) and then

do

your braking before moving onto the exit ramp. Unfortunately, not all

deceleration lanes

are

long enough

--

some

are

too short for all the

braking. Decide when to start braking.

If

you must brake on

the

through

lane,

and

if

there

is

traffic close behind you,

you

can allow a little extra

time and flash your brake lights (in addition to your turn signal) as extra

warning that you are about

to

slow

down and exit.

The exit ramp can be curved, sometimes quite sharply.

The exit speed

is

usually posted. Reduce your speed according to your

speedometer, not

to

your sense

of

motion. After driving for any distance

at higher speeds, you may tend to think you are going slower than you

actually are. For example,

40

mph (65 km/h) might seem like only

20

mph

(30

kmih). Obviously, this could lead

to

serious trouble on a ramp

designed for

20

mph

(30

kmih)!

DMNG

A

LONG DISTANCE

Although most long trips today are made on freeways, there are

still

many made on regular highways.

Long-distance driving on freeways and regular highways is the same in

some ways.

The

trip has to be planned and the vehicle prepared,

you

drive at higher-than-city speeds, and there are longer turns behind the

wheel. You’ll enjoy your trip more

if

you

and your vehicle are

in

good

shape. Here are some tips for a successful long trip.

BEFORE

LEAVTNG ONA LONG

TRIP

Make sure you’re ready. Try

to

be well rested.

If

you

must start when

you’re not fresh

--

such as after a day’s work

--

don’t plan to make too

many miles that first part of

the

journey. Wear comfortable clothing and

shoes

you

can easily drive in.

Is

your vehicle ready for a long trip?

If

you

keep it serviced and

maintained, it’s ready

to

go.

If

it

needs service, have it done before

starting out.

Of

course, you’ll find experienced and able service experts

in

Cadillac dealerships all across North America. They’ll be ready and

willing

to

help

if

you

need

it.

Here are some things you can check before

a

trip:

Windshield Washer Fluid:

Is

the reservoir full? Are all windows clean

inside and outside?

Wiper Blades: Are they

in

good shape?

Fuel. Engine Oil, Other Fluids: Have

you

checked all levels‘?

199

0

Lights: Are they

all

working? Are the lenses clean?

Tires: They are vitally important

to

a safe, trouble-free trip. Is the

tread good enough for long-distance driving? Are

the

tires all inflated

to the recommended pressure‘?

Weather Forecasts: What’s the weather outlook along your route?

Should you delay your trip a short time to avoid

a

major storm

system?

Maps:

Do

you have up-to-date maps?

ON

THE

ROAD

Unless you are the only driver, it is good to share

the

driving task with

others. Limit turns behind the wheel

to

about

100

miles (160 km) or

two

hours at

a

sitting. Then, either change drivers or stop for some

refreshment like

coffee,

tea or

soft

drinks and some limbering up. But do

stop and move around. Eat lightly along the way. Heavier meals tend to

make some people sleepy.

On two-lane highways or undivided multilane highways that do not have

controlled access, you’ll want

to

watch for some situations not usually

found on freeways. Examples are: stop signs and signals, shopping centers

with direct access to the highway,

no

passing zones and school zones,

vehicles turning left and right

off

the road, pedestrians, cyclists, parked

vehicles, and even animals.

HIGWAY

mPlVOSIS

Is

there actually such a condition as “highway hypnosis”? Or is it just

plain falling asleep at the wheel? Call it highway hypnosis, lack

of

awareness, or whatever.

There is something about an easy stretch

of

road with the same scenery,

along with the hum

of

the tires

on

the road, the drone

of

the engine, and

the rush

of

the wind against the vehicle that can make you sleepy. Don’t

let

it happen to you!

If

it does, your vehicle can

leave

the road in less than

What

can

you do about highway hypnosis? First, be aware

that

it can

happen.

and you could crash and be injured.

200

Then here are some tips:

0

Make sure your vehicle is

well

ventilated, with a comfortably cool

interior.

Keep your eyes moving. Scan

the

road ahead and to the sides. Check

your rearview mirrors frequently and your instruments from time

to

time. This can help

you

avoid a fixed stare.

Wear good sunglasses in bright light. Glare can cause drowsiness. But

don’t wear sunglasses at night.

They

will drastically reduce your

overall vision at the very time you need all the seeing power

you

have.

If you get sleepy, pull

off

the

road

into

a

rest, service, or parking area

and take a nap, get some exercise, or both. For safety, treat drowsiness

on the highway as an emergency.

As

in any driving situation, keep pace with traffic and allow adequate

following

distances.

HILL

AND

MOUNTMN

ROADS

J

Driving

on

steep hills or mountains is different from driving

in

flat

or

rolling terrain.

201

If

you drive regularly in steep country, or

if

you’re planning to visit there,

here are some tips that can

make

your trips safer and more enjoyable.

0

Keep your vehicle in good shape. Check all fluid levels and also the

brakes, tires, cooling system and transaxle. These parts can work hard

on mountain roads.

Know how

to

go

down hills. The most important thing to know is this:

let your engine do some

of

the slowing down. Don’t make your brakes

do

it all. Shift to a lower gear when you go down a steep or long hill.

That way, you

will

slow

down without excessive use

of

your brakes.

<

A

CAUTION:

.r

S<*.

If

you don’t shift down, your brakes could get

so

hot that they

’+--*

wouldn’t work well.

You

would then have poor braking or even

none going down

a

hill.

You

could crash. Shift down to let your

engine assist your brakes on

a

stef downhil’ lope.

-

i.

.*$

Coasting downhill in

“N”

(Neutral) or with the ignition

off

is

dangerous. Your brakes will have to do all the work of slowing

down. They could get

so

hot that they wouldn’t work well.

You

could crash. Always have your engine running and your vehicle

in gear when you

go

downhill.

0

Know how

to

go uphill. You may want to shift down to a lower gear.

The

lower gears help cool your engine and transaxle, and you can

climb the hill better.

Stay in your own lane when driving on two-lane roads

in

hills or

mountains. Don’t swing wide or cut across the center

of

the road.

Drive at speeds that let you stay

in

your own lane.

That

way, you won’t

be surprised by a vehicle coming toward

you

in

the same lane.

202

0

It takes longer to pass anothcr vehicle when you're going uphill.

You'll

want to le.ave extra room

to

pass.

If

a

vehicle

is

passing

you

and

doesn't have enough room, slow down to make

it

easier for the other

vehicle to get

by.

As you

go

over

the

top

of

a

hill, be alert. There could be something

in

your lane, like a stalled car or an accident.

You may see highway signs

on

mountains that warn

of

special

problems. Examples are long grades, passing

or

no-passing zone.s,

a

falling rocks area, or winding roads. Be alert

to

these and take

appropriate action.

Winter driving can present special problems. See "Winter Driving"

in

the Index.

Parking

on

Hills

203

Hills and mountains mean spectacular scenery. But please be careful

where you stop

if

you

decide

to

look

at

the

view or take pictures.

Look

for

pull-offs or parking areas provided for scenic viewing.

Another part

of

this manual tells how to use your parking brake (see

“Parking Brake” in the Index). But

on

a mountain or steep

hill,

you can

do

one

more thing.

You

can turn your front wheels to keep your vehicle

from rolling downhill or out into traffic.

Here’s how:

Parking Downhill

I

Turn your wheels to

the right.

You don’t have to jam

your tires against the

curb,

if

there is a curb.

A

gentle contact is

all

you need.

Parking

Uphill

If

there

is

a curb, turn

your wheels to the left

if the curb is at the

right side

of

your

vehicle.

204

If

there is

no

curb

when you’re parking

uphill, turn the wheels

to the right.

If there

is

no

curb when you’re parking uphill on the left side

of

a

one-way street, your wheels should be turned to the left.

Torque

Lock

(Automatic Transaxle)

If

you are parking

on

a hill and

you

don’t shift your transaxle into

“P”

(Park) properly, the weight

of

the vehicle may put too much force on the

parking pawl

in

the transaxle. You may find it difficult to pull the shift

lever out

of

“P”

(Park). This

is

called “torque lock.”

To

prevent torque

lock, always be sure

to

shift into

“P”

(Park) properly before you

leave

the

driver’s seat.

To

find out how, see

“

Shifting Into

’P’

(Park)”

in

the Index.

205

If

“torque lock” does occur, you may need to have another vehicle push

yours a little uphill to take some

of

the pressure from the transaxle,

so

you can pull

the

shift lever out

of

“P”

(Park).

WINTER

DRZVTNG

Here are some tips for winter driving:

0

Have your Cadillac

in

good

shape for winter.

Be

sure your engine

0

Snow tires can help

in

loose snow, but they may give you less traction

on ice than regular tires.

If

you

do

not

expect

to

be

driving in deep

snow, but may have to travel over ice, you may not want

to

switch to

snow tires at all.

coolant mix is correct.

0

You

may want

to

put winter emergency supplies

in

your trunk.

h

Include an ice scraper, a small brush or broom, a supply

of

windshield

washer fluid, a rag, some winter outer clothing, a small shovel,

a

flashlight, a red cloth, and a couple

of

reflective warning triangles. And,

if

you

will

be driving under severe conditions, include a small bag of sand, a

piece of old carpet

or

a couple

of

burlap bags to help provide traction. Be

sure you properly secure these items in your vehicle.

Driving

on

Snow

or

Ice

Most

of

the time, those places where your tires meet the road probably

have good traction.

However,

if

there is snow or ice between your tires and the road, you can

have a very slippery situation. You'll have a lot less traction or "grip" and

will need to be very careful.

207

What’s the worst time for this? “Wet ice.” Very cold snow or ice can be

slick and hard

to

drive on. But wet ice can be even more trouble because

it may offer the least traction

of all. You can get “wet ice” when it’s about

freezing

(32*F;

O°C)

and freezing rain begins to fall. Try to avoid driving

on wet ice until salt and sand crews can get there.

Whatever the condition

--

smooth ice, packed, blowing or loose snow

--

drive with caution. Accelerate gently.

Try

not to break the fragile traction.

If

you

accelerate too fast, the drive wheels

will

spin and polish the surface

under the tires even more.

Your anti-lock brakes improve your ability to make a hard stop on a

slippery road. Even though you have the anti-lock braking system, you’ll

want to begm stopping sooner than you would on

dry

pavement. See

“’Anti-lock” in the Index.

0

Allow greater following distance on any slippery road.

0

Watch for slippery spots. The road might be fine until

you

hit a spot

that’s covered with ice. On an otherwise clear road, ice patches may

appear in shaded areas where the sun can’t reach: around clumps

of

trees, behind buildings, or under bridges. Sometimes the surface

of

a

curve or

an

overpass may remain icy when the surrounding roads are

clear.

If

you

see a patch

of

ice ahead

of

you, brake before

you

are

on

it.

Try

not to brake while you’re actually on the ice, and avoid sudden

steering maneuvers.

208

If

You’re

Caught in

a

Blizzard

If

you are stopped by heavy snow, you could be

in

a serious situation. You

should probably stay with your vehicle unless you know for sure that you

are near help and you can hike through the snow. Here are some things

to

do

to summon help and keep yourself and your passengers safe: Turn

on

your hazard flashers.

Tie

a red cloth to your vehicle to alert police that

you’ve been stopped by the snow. Put

on

extra clothing or wrap a blanket

around you.

If

you

have no blankets or extra clothing, make body

insulators from newspapers, burlap bags, rags, floor mats

--

anything you

can wrap around yourself

or

tuck under your clothing to keep warm.

You

can run the engine to keep warm, but be careful.

I

A

CAUTION:

I

l

IOW can trap exhaust gases under your vehicle. This can cause

deadly

CO

(carbon monoxide) gas to get inside.

CO

could

overcome you and

kill

you. You can’t see it or smell it,

so

you

might not

know

it was in your vehicle. Clear away snow from

around the base

of

your vehicle

,

especially any that

is

blocking

your exhaust pipe.

And

check around again from time to time to

be sure snow doesn’t collect there.

CAUTION:

(Continued)

209

Open

a

window just

a

little

on

the side

of

the vehicle

that’s

away

from

the wind. This

will

help

keep

GO

out.

Run your engine only as long as you must. This saves fuel. When you run

the engine, make it go a little faster than just idle. That is, push the

accelerator slightly. This uses less

fuel

for the heat that you get and

it

keeps the battery charged. You will need a well-charged battery to restart

the vehicle,

and

possibly for signaling later

on

with your headlights. Let

the heater run for awhile.

Then, shut the engine off and close the window almost all the way to

preserve the heat. Start the engine again and repeat this only when you

feel really uncomfortable from the cold. But do

it

as little as possible.

Preserve the fuel as long

as

you

can.

To

help keep warm, you can get

out

of the vehicle and

do

some fairly vigorous exercises every half hour

or

so

until help comes.

VYou’re

Stuck

in

Deep

Snow

This manual explains

how

to

get the vehicle out

of

deep snow without

damaging

it.

See “Rocking Your Vehicle’’ in the Index.

210

TOWING

A

TMLER

’

A

CAUTION:

If

you don’t use the correct equipment and drive properly, you

can lose control when you pull

a

trailer. For example,

if

the

trailer is too heavy, the brakes may not work well

--

or even at

all.

You and your passengers could be seriously injured. Pull

a

trailer onp7 ;€you have followed all the step?

in

this section.

NOTJCE

Fulling

I

in costly repairs not covered by your wan lty.

To

pull

a

trailer

correctly, follow the advice

in

this secti

I.

Load-pulling components such as the engine, transaxle,

wheel

assemblies,

and tires are forced to

work

harder against the drag of the added weight.

The engine is required

to

operate at relatively higher speeds and under

greater loads, generating extra heat. What’s more, the trailer adds

considerably to wind resistance, increasing the pulling requirements.

All of that means changes in:

0

Handling

0

Durability

Fuel economy

If

You

Do Decide

To

Pull

A

Trailer

If

you do, here are some important points.

There are many different laws having to do with trailering. Make sure

your rig will be legal,

not

only where you

live

but

also

where you’ll be

driving.

A

good

source for this information can be state or provincial

police.

21

1

Consider using

a

sway control.

You

can ask a hitch dealer about sway controls.

0

Don’t tow a trailer at all during the first 500 miles (800 km) your new

vehicle is driven. Your engine, axle or other parts could be damaged.

Then, during the first 500 miles (800 km) that you tow a trailer, don’t

drive over 50 mph (80 kmih) and don’t make starts at full throttle.

This helps your engine and other parts

of

your vehicle wear in at the

heavier loads.

When towing a trailer, close all windows and set the Electronic

Climate Control System

to

“ECON”,

“AUTO”,

“DEFOG” or

Defroster to assure that the fan is running.

Three important considerations have to do with weight:

1.

Weight

of

the nailer

How

heavy can a trailer safely be?

It

should never weigh more than 1,000 pounds (450 kg). But even

that can be too heavy.

It depends on how you plan to use your rig. For example, speed,

altitude, road grades, outside temperature and how much your

vehicle

is

used to pull

a

trailer are all important. And, it can also

depend on any special equipment that you have on your vehicle.

You

can ask your dealer for our trailering information or advice, or

you can write

us

at Cadillac.

In Canada, write to General Motors of Canada Limited, Customer

Assistance Center,

1908

Colonel

Sam

Drive, Oshawa, Ontario

L1H

8P7.

2.

Weight of the Trailer Tongue

When

a

trailer

is

connected to your vehicle, the trailer tongue adds

to the weight your vehicle is carrying.

So,

remember to subtract the

weight of the trailer tongue from your vehicle’s capacity weight.

212

The trailer tongue

(A)

should weigh

10%

of

the total loaded trailer

weight

(B).

After you’ve loaded your trailer, weigh the trailer and

then the tongue, separately, to see

if

the weights are proper. If they

aren’t, you may be able to get them right simply

by

moving some

items around in the trailer.

3.

Total Weight

on

Your Vehicle’s Tires

Be sure your vehicle’s tires are inflated to the limit for cold tires.

You’ll find these numbers on the Certification label at the rear edge

of

the driver’s door (or see Index under “Tire Loading”). Then be

sure you don’t go over the

GVW

limit for your vehicle.

Hitches

It’s important to have the correct hitch equipment. Crosswinds, large

trucks going by, and rough roads are a

few

reasons why you’ll need the

right hitch. Here are some rules to follow:

0

Will you have

to

make any holes in the

body

of

your vehicle when you

install a trailer hitch? If you do, then be sure to seal the holes later

when

you

remove the hitch.

If

you

don’t seal them, deadly carbon

monoxide

(CO)

from your exhaust can get into your vehicle (see

Index under “Carbon Monoxide”). Dirt and water can, too.

The

bumpers on your vehicle are not intended for hitches.

Do

not

attach rental hitches or other bumper-type hitches to them.

213

Safety Chains

You should always attach chains between your vehicle and your trailer.

Cross the safety chains under the tongue of the trailer

so

that the tongue

will not drop to the road

if

it

becomes separated from the hitch. Follow

the manufacturer’s recommendation for attaching safety chains. Always

leave just enough slack

so

you can turn with your rig. And, never allow

safety chains

to

drag on the ground.

Trailer Brakes

Does your trailer have its own brakes? Be sure to read and follow the

instructions for the trailer brakes

so

you’ll be able to install, adjust and

maintain them properly.

Because you have anti-lock brakes, do not try to tap into your vehicle’s

brake system. If you do, both brake systems won’t work well, or at all.

Driving with a Trailer

Towing a trailer requires

a

certain amount of experience. Before setting

out for the open road, you’ll want

to

get to know your rig. Acquaint

yourself with the feel of handling and braking with the added weight

of

the trailer. And always keep in mind that the vehicle you are driving

is

now a good deal longer and not nearly

so

responsive as your vehicle

is

by

itself.

Before you start, check the trailer hitch and platform, safety chains,

electrical connector, lights, tires and mirror adjustment.

If

the trailer has

electric brakes, start your vehicle and trailer moving and then apply the

trailer brake controller

by

hand

to

be sure the brakes are working. This

lets you check your electrical connection at the same time.

During your trip, check occasionally to be sure that the load is secure,

and that the lights and any trailer brakes are

still

working.

Following Distance

Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle ahead as you would when

driving your vehicle without a trailer. This can help

you

avoid situations

that require heavy braking and sudden turns.

214

Passing

You’ll need more passing distance

up

ahead when you’re towing

a

trailer.

And, because you’re a good deal longer, you’ll need

to

go

much farther

beyond the passed vehicle before you can return to your lane.

Backing

Up

Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand. Then, to move the

trailer to the left, just move that hand to the left.

To

move the trailer to

the right, move your hand to

the

right. Always back up slowly and,

if

possible, have someone guide you.

Making Turns

When you’re turning with a trailer, make wider turns than normal.

Do

this

so

your trailer won’t strike soft shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees, or

other objects. Avoid jerky or sudden maneuvers. Signal well

in

advance.

Turn Signals

When

Towing a Trailer

When you tow a trailer, your vehicle has to have a different turn signal

flasher and extra wiring. The green arrows on your instrument panel will

flash whenever

you

signal

a

turn or lane change. Properly hooked up, the

trailer lights will also flash, telling other drivers you’re about to turn,

change lanes or stop.

When towing a trailer, the green arrows on your instrument panel will

flash for turns

even

if

the bulbs on the trailer are burned out. Thus, you

may think drivers behind you are seeing your signal when they are not.

It’s important to check occasionally to be sure the trailer bulbs are still

working.

Driving

On

Grades

Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear

before

you start down a long or

steep downgrade.

If

you don’t shift down, you might have to use your

brakes

so

much that

they

would get hot and no longer work well.

On a long uphill grade, shift down and reduce your speed to around

45

mph

(70

km/h) or less to reduce the possibility of engine and transaxle

overheating.

215

If

your trailer weighs more than

1,000

pounds

(450

Kg)

and you

have

an

automatic transaxle with Overdrive, you may want to drive

in

“3”

instead

of

Overdrive (or, as you need to,

a

lower gear). This will help your

transmission.

Parking

on

Hills

You really should

not

park your vehicle, with a trailer attached, on a hill.

If

something goes wrong, your rig could start

to

move. People can be

injured, and both your vehicle and the trailer can be damaged.

But

if

you ever have to park your rig on a hill, here’s how to do it:

1.

Apply your regular brakes, but don’t shift into

“P”

(Park) yet.

2.

Have someone place chocks under the trailer wheels.

3.

When the wheel chocks

are

in place, release

the

regular brakes until

4.

Reapply the regular brakes. Then shift into “P” (Park) firmly and

apply your parking brake.

5.

Release the regular brakes.

the chocks absorb the load.

When

You

Are Ready

to

Leave Afier Parking

on

a

Hill

1.

Apply your regular brakes and hold the pedal down while

you:

Start your engine;

Shift into a gear; and

Be sure the parking brake has released.

2.

Let

up

on

the brake pedal.

3.

Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of the chocks.

4.

Stop and have someone pick up and store the chocks.

216

Maintenance

When

Trailer Towing

Your vehicle will

need

scrvice more often

when

you‘re pulling

a

trailer.

See the Maintenance Schedule for more

on

this. Things that are

especially important in trailer operation are automatic transaxle fluid

(don’t overfill), engine

oil,

axle lubricant, belts, cooling system, and brake

adjustment. Each

of these is covered

in

this manual,

and

the Index

will

help

you

find them quickly. If you’re trailering, it’s

a

good idea to review

these sections before you start your trip.

Check periodically to see that

all

hitch nuts and bolts are tight.

217

PROBLEMS

ON

THE

ROAD

Here you'll find what to

do

about some problems that can occur

on

the

road.

218

HAZARD

WMING

FLASHERS

.

Your hazard warning flashers let you warn others.

They

also let police

know you

have

a problem. Your front and rear turn signal lights will flash

on and

off.

Press

the

button

in

to

make your front and rear turn signal lights flash on

and

off.

219

1

7

I

The light on your instrument panel will flash indicating that the hazard

warning flashers are on.

Your hazard warning flashers

work

no matter what position your key is in,

and even if the key isn't in.

I'

To turn

off

the

flashers, pull out on

the collar. When the

hazard warning

flashers are on, your

turn signals won't

work.

OTHER

'WARNING

DEWCES

If

you

carry reflective triangles,

you

can set one

up

at the side

of

the road

about

300

feet

(100

m)

behind your vehicle.

0

JUMP

STARTING

If

your battery has run down, you may want to use another vehicle and

some jumper cables to start

your

Cadillac

.

But

please

follow

the steps

below to

do

it safely.

--

c

CAUTION:

Batteries can hurt you. They can be dangerous because:

They contain acid that can burn you.

-1

They contain th n exploc ignite.

'

They contain enough

c

ctricitv

1

burn you.

If

you don't follow these steps exactly,

some

or all

of

these things

pnn

Yurt you.

.'

I

.-.

;

q=

9:

". .

t

ula

r(

111

In

vered by your warranty.

wing

to

start your Cadillac

by

pushing or pulling it won't

work, and it could damage your vehicle.

TO

JUMP

START

YOUR CXDILLAC:

1.

Check the other vehicle. It must have a 12-volt battery

with

a negative

ground system.

NOTICE:

If

the orner system

Isn'

both vehicles can be damaged.

22

1

2. Get the vehicles close enough

so

the jumper cables can reach, but be

sure the vehicles aren’t touching each other.

If

they are, it could cause

a ground connection

you

don’t want. You wouldn’t be able to start

your Cadillac, and the bad grounding could damage the electrical

systems.

-

A

CAUTION:

You

could be injured if the vehicles roll. Set the parking brake

firmly on each vehicle. Put an automatic transaxle in

“P”

‘”ark).

-

3.

Turn

off

the ignition

on

both vehicles.

Turn

off

all lights that aren’t

needed, and radios. This

will

avoid sparks and help save both

batteries. And it could save your radio!

4.

Open the hoods and locate the batteries.

A

CAUTION:

An electric fan can start up even when the engine is not running

and can injure you. Keep hands, clothing and tools away from

any underhood elc ric fan.

Find the positive

(+)

and

negative

(-)

terminals on each battery.

222

4.9

Liter

4.6

Liter (Northstar)

5.

Start

by

removing

the red

positive

(+)

terminal cover.

I

223

Be sure the batteries have enough water.

You

don’t need to

add

water to the Delco Freedoma battery installed in every new

GM

vehicle. But if

a

battery has filler caps, be sure the right amount

of

fluid is there. If it is low, add water to take care

of

that first.

If

you don’t, explosive gas could be present.

Battery fluid contains acid that can burn you. Don’t get it

on

you.

If

you accidentally get it in your eyes or on your skin, flush

the place with water and get medical help immediately.

6.

Check that the jumper cables don’t have loose

or

missing insulation.

If

they do,

you

could get a shock. The vehicles could be damaged, too.

Before

you

connect the cables, here are some things you should

know.

Positive

(+

)

will

go

to positive

(+)

and negative

(-)

will

go to negative

(-)

or

a

metal engine part. Don’t connect

(+)

to

(-)

or you’ll get

a

s.hort

th,g$

w.Quld damage the battery and maybe other parts,

too.

A

CAUTION:

Fans or other moving engine parts can injure you badly. Keep

your hands a1

-

rom moving

1

-ts once the engines are

running.

224

..

*,..

c

4.9

Liter

4.6

Liter (Northstar)

7.

Connect the red positive

(+)

cable

to

the positive

(+)

terminal

of

the

8.

Don't let the other end touch metal. Connect it to the positive

(+

)

vehicle

with

the dead battery.

terminal

of

the good battery.

9.

Now

connect the black negative

(-)

cable to the good battery's

negative

(-)

terminal.

10.

Don't let the other end touch anything until the next step. The other

end

of

the negative cable doesn't go to the dead battery. It goes to a

225

neavy

unpainted metal part on

the

engine of the vehicle with the dead

battery.

Attach the cable at least

18

inches (45 cm) away from the dead

battery, but not near engine parts that move. The electrical connection

is

just as

good

there, but the chance

of

sparks getting back to the

battery

is

much less.

4.9

Liter

4.6

Liter (Northstar)

11.

Now start the vehicle with

the

good battery and run the engine for

12.

Try

to

start the vehicle with the dead battery.

awhile.

226

If

it

won’t start after a

few

tries,

it

probably

neeas

service.

13.

Remove

the

cables

in

reverse order to prevent electrical shorting.

%ke

care that

they

don’t touch each other

or

any other metal.

GENERATOE

BRACKET

GENERATOR

I

r

-+

GOOD

BATTERY

@

-

+

DEAD

BATTERY

LMOVE

CABLES

IN

THIS

ORDER

TOWING

YOUR

VEHICLE

Try

to

have

a

GM

dcalcr or a professional towing service tow your

Cadillac. The

usual

towing equipment

is

a sling-type or

a

wheel-lift

or

car

carrier tow truck.

227

I

SLING-TYPE

WHEEL

LIFT

If

your vehicle has been changed or modified since

it

was factory-new by

adding aftermarket items like fog lamps, aero skirting, or special tires and

wheels, these instructions and illustrations may not be correct.

Before

you

do anything, turn on the hazard warning flashers.

When

you

call, tell the towing service:

0

That your vehicle cannot be towed from the front

or

rear with

That

your

vehicle has front-wheel drive.

The make, model, and year

of

your vehicle.

0

Whether you can still move the shift lever.

sling-type equipment,

0

If

there was an accident, what was damaged.

When the towing service arrives, let the

tow

operator know that this

manual contains detailed towing instructions and illustrations. The

operator may want

to

see them.

228

r

I

r-

1-

i-

1

A

CAUTION:

To help avoid injury to you or others:

0

Never let passengers ride in

a

vehicle that

is

being towed.

Never tow faster than safe or posted speeds.

Never tow with damaged parts not fully secured.

Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by the

tow truck.

Always use separate safety chains on each side when towing a

vehicle.

Never use

“J”

hooks. Use T-hooks instead.

When your vehicle is being towed, have the ignition key off. The steering

wheel should be clamped in

a

straight-ahead position, with a clamping

device designed for towing service.

Do

not

use the vehicle’s steering

column lock for this. The transaxle should be in Neutral and the parking

-

F

brake released.

Don’t have your vehicle towed on the front wheels, unless you must.

If

the vehicle must be towed on the front wheels, don’t

go

more than

55

mph

(88

km/h)

or farther than

500

miles

(804

lun)

or your transaxle will

be damaged.

If

these limits must be exceeded, then the front wheels have

to. be supported on a dolly.

c

m

IC

229

A

CAUTION:

-.

.:

-

..

.-

.

A

vehicle can fall from

a

car

carrier if it isn’t prope secured.

Lis

can cause a collision, serious personal injury and vehicle

damage. The vehicle should be tightly secured with chains or

:.-

steel ca‘

-

’

Iefore it is

transported.~~--.l~~~~~:~~:.

-:

-

*i..,

>..-

.,;.

Dodc auditUtes (ropes, leather

s~~~ps’;’~anva~webLll~~-’.-

,

~

7.

-

,

I

-

-L:.)

that can be cut by sharp edg-- underneath the towed

vehic

.-

m.

-

..

-.

--.

..,

4r*’

-&cz&-’;L?

.

2-

-

--

L-...;,

. ..

ir“7r

..

.

>.

..

-

,,-

-.

.

..~

-:-

..

-.

.

_..

.,

.

.--

,

.

._

.

..

,

..

._.

,

.

-z-

-.

.-

.

-.

--:

-.

..

s.

..

.

_,

._f--

-

:-;

:

.

-

..

.-

ENGINE OFERHEATING

You

will find the warning light about

a

hot

engine

on

your Cadillac

instrument

panel (Export

Only).

The

driver information will display either “ENGINE COOLANT HOT

IDLE ENGINE” or

“STOP ENGINE ENGINE OVERHEATING.”

If

Steam

Is

Coming

From

Your

Engine:

230

you just open the hood. Stay away from the engine if you see or

'.:,

hear steam coming from it. Just turn it

off

and get everyone

'-i::::skT-

-.

away from the vehicle until it cools down. Wait until there is no

;'-?

&

.

f,..:

c

<.-+,.<-

in it :can catch fire. You.0.r otherscould-be badly burned. Stop

your engine if it overheats,-an.d get out of the vehicle until the

&e

.--a-

73;:F-;-*g5.e:

I

-.=..;*.--

-.

**

-

.

-

.

.-

I

*+

*b'.bT

.-

I

-';

.

.=

0

-.*.;-I

.>

-

,

;L

=&:?.

-:;?

---c--=

L.'

.?.

..

.*.

--

%.

.;>

~

.:,..-::.

.

..

*

;-;

:-?-

.

:

.-%

.

-

'

-

.

&e--?

A.iJ.-

.:-,:,

..

.

....

-.

.

.:

-2-,

1

NOTICh:

If

your engine catches

fire

because you keep drivmg with

no

coolant, your vehicle can be badly damaged. The costly repairs

lwuld not be covered

by

your warranty.

I

-

,.

.

If

No

Steam

Is

Coming From

Your

Engine:

If you get the overheat warning but see or hear no steam, the problem

may not be too serious. Sometimes the engine can get a little too hot

when

you:

e

Climb a long

hill

on

a

hot

day.

Stop after

high

speed driving.

e

Idle for

long

periods

in

traffic.

Tow

a

trailer.

If you get the overheat warning with no sign

of

steam, try this

for

a

minute or

so:

1.

Turn off your air conditioner.

23

1

2. Turn

on

your heater to full hot at the highest fan speed and open the

window as necessary.

3.

Try to keep your engine under load (in a drive gear where the engine

runs slower).

If

you

no

longer have the overheat warning, you can drive. Just to be safe,

drive slower

for

about ten minutes.

If

the warning doesn’t come back on,

you can drive normally.

If

the warning continues,

pull

over, stop, and park your vehicle right

away.

If

there’s still no sign

of

steam, you can idle the engine for two

or

three

minutes while you’re parked, to see

if

the warning stops. But then,

if

you

still have the warning, TURN

OFF

THE

ENGINE AND

GET

EVERYONE OUT

OF

THE

VEHICLE until it cools down.

You may decide not to lift the hood but to get service help right away.

COOLING

SYSTEM-

4.9

LITER

When you decide it’s safe to lift the hood, here’s what you’ll see:

Coolant recovery tank

Radiator pressure cap

Electric engine fans

232

I

A

CAUTION:

An electric fan under the hood can start up even when the

engine is not running and can injure you. Keep hands, clothing

and tools

away

from any underhood electric fan.

If

the coolant inside

the

coolant recovery tank is boiling, don’t

do

anything else until it cools down.

The coolant level should be at or above

“FULL

COLD.”

If

it isn’t, you

may have

a

leak

in

the radiator hoses, heater hoses, radiator, water pump

or somewhere else

in

the cooling system.

I

Heater and radiator hoses, and other engine parts, can be very

hot. Don’t touch them. If you do, you can be burned.

Don’t run the engine if there is

a

leak.

If

you run the engine, it

z;:s-

could lose

all

coolant. That could cause an engine fire, and you

%-?7

..-

I

could be burned. Get any leak fixed before you drive the vehicle.

2

.

Y

--

I

-

.:.-

..

.

.-I.

*

.C,

.

--

233

NOTICE:

Engine damage fro running: your

covered

hv

vow

1

rrant

wine withc bolant isn’t

If

there seems to be no leak, check to see

if

the electric engine fans are

running. If the engine is overheating, both fans should be

running.

If

they

aren’t, your vehicle needs service.

How

to Add

Coolant to

the

Coolant

Recovery

Tank

If

you haven’t found

a

problem yet,

but

the coolant level isn’t at or above

“FULL

COLD,”

add

a

50/50

mixture of clean water (preferably distilled)

and

a

proper antifreeze

at

the coolant recovery

tank.

(See “Engine

Coolant’’

in

the Index

for

more information about the proper coolant

mix.)

,/!1

CAUTIO

Adding only plain water ur coomg syscem can De

dangerous. Plain water, or some other liquid like alcohol, can

boil before the proper coolant mix will. Your vehicle’s coolant

warning system

is set for the proper coolant mix. With plain

water

or

the wrong

mix,

your

engine could get too hot but you

wouldn’t get the overheat warning. Your engine could catch

fir6

and you

or

others could

be

burned. Use

a

50/50

mix of

(

m

water

I

d

a

Droner antifreeze

I

NOTICE:

1

In cold weather, water can

L

Jeze and crack the engine, radiato,,

heater core and other parts. Use the recommended coolant.

234

a

When the coolant in the coolant recovery tank

is

at

or

above

“FULL

COLD,”

start your vehicle.

If

the overheat warning continues, there’s one more thing you can try.

You

can

add the proper coolant mix directly to the radiator, but be sure

the cooling system

is

cool before you do it.

235

Steam and scalding liquids from

a

hot cooling system can blow

out and burn you badly. They are under pressure, and if you

turn the radiator pressure cap

--

even a little

--

they can come

out at high speed. Never turn the cap when the cooling system,

including the radiator pressure cap,

is

hot. Wait for the cooling

system and radiator pressure cap to cool if you ever have to turn

the pressure cap.

I

236

R

How

to Add Coolant to the Radiator

-

1.

You can remove

the radiator

pressure cap when

the cooling

-I

1

(Don’tt press down while turning the pressure cap.)

If

you hear a hiss, wait for that to stop.

A

hiss means there is still some

pressure left.

2.

Then keep turning

the pressure cap,

but now push

down as you turn

it. Remove the

pressure cap.

system, including

the radiator

pressure cap and

upper radiator

hose, is no longer

hot. Turn the

pressure cap

slowly to the left

until it first stops.

237

3.

Fill the radiator

with the proper

mix,

up

to

the

base of the filler

neck.

4.

Then fill the

coolant recovery

tank to

“FULL

COLD.’’

238

5.

Put

the cap back

on the coolant

recovery tank, but

leave the radiator

pressure cap off.

6. Start the engine

and let it run until

you can feel the

upper radiator

hose getting hot.

Watch out for the

engine

fans.

7.

By

this time

the

coolant level inside

the

radiator filler neck may be

lower.

If

the

level

is lower,

add

more

of

the proper

mix

through the

filler neck until the level reaches the base

of

the filler neck.

239

_.

.

.._

..

-

I

*-

8.

Then replace

the

pressure cap. Be

sure the arrows on

the pressure cap

line

up

like

this.

COOLING

SYSTEM

-

4.6

LITER

(NORTHSTRR)

I

4

When you decide

it’s

safe

to

lift

the

hood,

here’s

what

you’ll see:

Coolant

surge tank

with

pressure cap

v

Electric engine fans

240

T

I

A

CAUTION:

An

electric fan under the hood can start up even when the

engine

is

not running and can injure you. Keep hands, clothing

and tools away from any underhood electric fan.

If

the coolant inside the coolant surge tank is boiling, don’t do anything

else until it cools down.

r

/1

I

r

I-

=

The coolant level

~ should be at or above

“FULL

COLD.”

If

it

isn’t, you may have a

leak in the radiator

hoses, heater hoses,

radiator, water pump

or somewhere else

in

the cooling system.

A

CAUTION:

Heater and radiator hoses, and other engine parts, can be very

hot. Don’t touch them.

If

you do, you can be burned.

Don’t run the engine if there is a leak.

If

you run the engine, it

could lose all coolant. That could cause an engine fire, and you

could be burned. Get any leak fmed before you drive the vehicle.

241

If there seems

to

be

no

leak, check

to

see

if

the electric engine fans are

running.

If

the engine is overheating, both fans should be running.

If

they

aren’t, your vehicle needs service.

How

to

Add

Coolant to the Coolant Surge Tank

If you haven’t found a problem yet, but the coolant

level

isn’t at or above

“FULL

COLD,”

add a

50/50

mixture

of

clean water (preferably distilled)

and a proper antifreeze at the coolant recovery tank. (See “Engine

Coolant” in the Index for more information about the proper coolant

mix.)

I

A

CAUTION:

Adding only plain water to your cooling system can be

dangerous. Plain water, or some other liquid like alcohol, can

boil before the proper coolant mix will. Your vehicle’s coolant

warning system is set for the proper coolant mix. With plain

water or the wrong mix, your engine could get too hot but you

wouldn’t get the overheat warning. Your engine could catch fire

and you

or

others could be burned. Use

a

50/50 mix of clean

water -nd

a

proper antifreeze.

242

-

A

CAUTION:

You can be burned if

you

spill coolant on hot engine parts.

Coolant contains ethylene glycol and

it

will

burn if the engine

parts are hot enough. Don’t spill coolant on

a

hot engine.

Should a low coolant condition

exist,

an overheat protection “Limp

Home” feature of the

4.6L

Northstar allows alternate firing groups

of

four cylinders for a predetermined number

of

cycles to prevent engine

damage, enabling your vehicle

to

be driven

to

the

nearest service center.

I

A

CAUTION

Steam

and scalding liquids

from

a hot cooling system can blow

out and burn you badly. They are under pressure, and

if

you

turn the coolant surge tank pressure cap

--

even

a

little

--

they

can

come out at high speed. Never turn the cap when the cooling

system, including the coolant surge tank pressure

cap,

is

hot.

Wait

for

the cooling system and coolant

surge

tank

pressure

cap

to

cool

if you ever have to turn the pre;.=we cap.

243

-

-i

i'

You can remove

the coolant surge

tank pressure cap

when the cooling

system, including

the coolant surge

tank pressure cap

and upper radiator

hose, is

no

longer

hot. Turn the

pressure cap slowly

to the

left

until it

first stops.

(Don't press down while turning the pressure cap.)

244

c

the pressure cap,

but now push down

as

you

turn it.

Remove

the

pressure cap.

.-m"

.-

A

./

.

3.

Fill

the coolant

surge tank with the

proper mix, up

to

the base

of

the

filler neck.

245

4.

Put the cap back on

the coolant surge

tank.

5.

Start the engine and as the engine runs the coolant

will

circulate

through the cooling system. Any air that was introduced while adding

coolant will purge itself and rise to the top of the surge tank.

If

the

“ENGINE

COOLANT

LOW”

message does not appear on the

Driver Information Center, coolant is at the proper

fill

level.

If

an

“ENGINE COOLANT LOW” message does appear, repeat steps

1

through

4

or see your dealer.

IFA TIRE

GOES

FLAT

It’s unusual for a tire to “blow out7’ while you’re driving, especially

if

you

maintain

your

tires properly. If air goes out of a tire, it’s much more likely

to

leak out slowly. But

if

you should ever have a “blowout,” here are

a

few tips about what

to

expect and what to do:

If a front tire fails, the flat tire

will

create

a

drag that pulls

the

vehicle

toward that side. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and grip the

steering wheel firmly. Steer to maintain lane position, then gently brake

to

a

stop well out of the traffic lane.

A rear blowout, particularly on a curve, acts much like

a

skid and may require

the same correction you’d use in a skid. In any rear blowout, remove your

foot from the accelerator pedal. Get the vehicle under control by steering the

way you want the vehicle

to

go. It may

be

very

bumpy and noisy, but you can

still steer. Gently brake to

a

stop,

well

off

the road

if

possible.

If

your tire goes flat, the next section shows how to

use

your jacking

equipment to change a flat tire safely.

246

CMGING

A

FLAT

TIRE

If

a

tire goes flat,

avoid

further tire and wheel damage by driving slowly to

a

level place.

Turn

on

your hazard warning flashers.

I

A

CAUTION:

Changing

a

tire can cause an injury. The vehicle can slip

off

the

jack and roll over you or other people.

You

and they could be

badly injured. Find

a

level place to change your tire. To help

prevent the vehicle from moving:

1.

Put the shift lever in

"P"

(Park).

2.

Set the parking brake

firmly.

3.

Turn

off

the engine.

To be even more certain the vehicle won't move, you can put

chocks at the front and rear of the tire farthest

away

from the

one being changed. That would be the tire on the other side of

the vehicle, at the opposite end.

The

following

steps will

tell

you

how to use the

jack

and

change a tire.

247

The equipment

you’ll

need

is

in

the

trunk

under the spare tire

cover.

I

Rotate the plastic

wing

nut

and remove

that cover.

Then remove the

wing

nut

that secures the

jack

and

wrench and

remove them from the

trunk.

248

Attach the wheel

wrench to

the

jack bolt

and rotate it clockwise

(to the right). That

will

raise the lift head a

k.-....--."-

--

There is a center wheel

*+

W

cover on your

aluminum wheel.

Use

the flat end

of

the

wheel wrench, prying

along the edge

of

the

cover until

it

comes

off.

Be careful not to

scratch the aluminum

wheel edge. Don't try

to remove it with

your

bare hands.

249

..

Using the wheel

wrench, loosen all the

wheel nuts.

Don't

remove them yet.

Position

the

jack

under the vehicle.

Your vehicle has a

notch on the frame

near each

of

the

wheels. Fit the lift

head

into

the notch

nearest the wheel

with the flat tire.

250

A

CAUTION:

Getting under a vehicle when

it

is

jacked

up

is dangerous.,

If

the

vehicle slips

off

the jack, you could be badly injured or killed.

Never get under

a

vehicle when

it

is

supported only by a iack.

I

Raise the vehicle

by

rotating

the

wheel

wrench clockwise.

Raise the vehicle far

enough

off

the

ground

so

there is

enough room for the

spare tire to fit.

25

1

Remove

all

the

wheel

nuts

and

take

off

the

flat

tire.

Rust

or

dirt on the wheel, or on the parts to which

i’’.=i

fastened, can make the wheel nuts become loose after a

tim-’

The wheel could come

off

and cause an accident. When you

change a wheel,

!’

L-

.

.-.

i.

CAUTION:

(

-.

..

.-

252

CAUTION:

(Continucd)

remove any rust or dirt from the places where the wheel

attaches to the vehicle. In an emergency,

you

can use

a

cloth or

a

paper towel to do this; but be sure to use

a

scraper or wire

brush later,

if

you need to,

fr)

get all the rust or dirt

off.

Remove any rust or dirt from the wheel bolts, mounting surfaces

or

spare

wheel. Place the spare

on

the wheel mounting surface.

Never use oil or grease on studs or nuts.

If

you

do,

the nuts

might come loose. Your wheel could fall off, causing

a

serious

accident.

I

r

Replace the wheel

nuts

with

the

rounded end

of

the

nuts toward the

wheel. Tighten each

nut

by

hand until the

wheel

is

held against

the hub.

25

3

----a

Tighten the wheel

nuts

firmly

in

a

criss-cross

sequence

as

shown.

A

CAUTION:

Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can

cause the wheel to become loose and even come

off.

This could

lead to an accident. Be sure to use the correct wheel nuts.

If

you

have to replace them, be sure to get the right kind.

Stop somewhere as soon as you can and have the nuts tightened

with a torque wrench to

140

Nom

(100

ft.lbs.).

h3

254

.

~.

Don’t try

to

put a wheel cover on your compact

spare

tire.

It

won’t fit.

Store

the

wheel cover

in

the

trunk

until

you have the flat tire repaired or

replaced.

NOTICE:

Wheel covers won’t

fit

on your compact spare. you try to put

I

wheel cover on your compact spare,

yo11

Pwld

damage the cover

1,-

the spare.

A

CAUTION:

I-

z

..

Storing a jack,

a

tire or other equipment in the passenger

compartment

of

the vehicle could cause injury. In

a

sudden stop

or collision, loose equipment could strike someone. Store

all

the

in the

p

per place.

~

The flat tire should be placed

in

the spare tire well.

COMPACT

SPARE

TIRE

Although

the

compact spare was

fully

inflated when your vehicle was

new,

it

can lose air after a time. Check the inflation pressure regularly.

It

should be

60

psi

(420

kPa). The compact spare is made to

go

up

to

3,000

miles (5000 km),

so

you

can

finish

your trip and have your full-size tire

repaired or replaced where you want. Of course, it’s best

to

replace your

spare

with

a full-size tire as soon as you can. Your spare

will

last longer

and be

in

good shape

in

case you need

it

again.

Your anti-lock brake system warning li.ght

may

come on when you are

driving

with

a

compact spare. See “Anti-Lock Brake System Warning

Light”

in the Index.

255

Dog’t;ake

your compact spare through an automatic car wash

+th-&&ie rails. The compact spare can get caught on the rails.

1

hat can damage the tire and wheel, and maybe other parts

of

your vehicle,

Don’t use your compact spare on some other vehicle.

And don’t mix your compact spare

or

wheel with other wheels or tires.

They won’t fit. Keep your spare and

its

wheel together.

NOTICE:

Tire chains won’t

fit

your

cornpal

spare.

Using thc

damage your vehicle and destroy

le

c

1ins

too.

4ains

on

your compaet sparer

Storing a jack,

a

tire, or

Impartment

of

the vehicle could cause injury. In a sudden

stor

or collision, loose eq

these iRfhe DroD(

DI

$2-

&?

.F%.,.

IF

YOU’RE

STUCK:

IN

SAND,

MUD,

ICE

OR

SNOW

What you don’t want to do when your vehicle

is

stuck

is

to spin your

wheels. The method known

as

“rocking” can help

you

get out when

you’re stuck, but you must use caution.

256

If

you let your tires spin at high speed, they can explode and

you

or others could be injured. And, the transaxle or other parts of

the vehicle can overheat. That could cause an engine

compartment fire or other damage. When you’re stuck, spin the

wheels as little as possible. Don’t spin the wheels above

35

mph

(55

km/h) as

shown

on the speedometer.

-3pannmg your

H

;

can destroy parts of your

v(

cle as well

I

as

the tires. If you spin the wheels too fast while shifting your

transaxle back and forth, you can destroy your transarj

.

Rocking

your vehicle to get it

out:

First, turn your steering wheel left and right. That will clear the area

around your front wheels. Then shift back and forth between

“R’

(Reverse) and a forward gear, spinning the wheels as little as possible.

Release the accelerator pedal while you shift, and press lightly on the

accelerator pedal when the transaxle is in gear.

If

that doesn’t get you out

after

a

few tries, you may need

to

be towed out.

If

you

do need to be

towed out, see “Towing

Your

Vehicle” in the Index.

257

rd

SERVICE

AND

APPEARANCE CARE

Here you

will

find information about

the

care

of

your Cadillac. This

section begins

with

service and fuel information, and then

it

shows how to

check important fluid and lubricant levels. There is also technical

information about your vehicle, and a section devoted to its appearance

care.

SERWCE

Your Cadillac dealer knows your vehicle best and wants you to be happy

with it. Wc hopc you’ll

go

to your dealer for all

your

service needs. You’ll

get genuine GM parts and GM-trained and supported service people.

We

hope you’ll want to keep your GM vehicle all GM. Genuine

GM

parts

have one

of

these marks:

Doing

Your

Own

Service

Work

If

you want to do some of your own service work, you’ll want to get the

proper Cadillac Service Manual. It tells you much more about

how

to

service your Cadillac than this manual can.

To

order the proper service

manual, see “Service Publications’’ in the Index.

You should keep a record

with

all

parts receipts and list the mileage and

the

date

of

any service work you perform. See “Maintenance Record”

in

the Index.

258

r

P

A

CAUTION

You

can

be

iqjnred

if

you

try

to

do

service

work

on

a

vehicle

without

knowing

enough

about

it.

Be

sure

you

have

sdlicient

knowledge,

experience,

and

the

proper

replacement

parts

and

tools

before

you

attempt

any

vehicle

maintenance

task,

@

Be

sure

to

use

the

proper

nuts,

bolts

and

other

fasteners.

“k@sh”

and

ccmetricm

fasteners

can

be

easily

eonffrsed.

If

you

use

the

mng

fasteners,

parts

can

later

break

or

fall

off.

You

could

be

hurt.

1_

FUEL

!-

Use premium unleaded gasoline rated at 91 octane

or

higher. It should

meet specifications

ASTM

D4814 in the

US.

and

CGSB

3.5-92 in

Canada. These fuels should have the proper additives,

so

you should not

have to add anything to the fuel.

In the U.S. and Canada, it’s easy to be sure you get the right kind of

only unleaded nozzles will fit into your vehicle’s filler neck.

T-

gasoline (unleaded). You’ll see

“UNLEADED”

right on the pump. And

Be sure the posted octane is at least 91.

If

the octane is less than 91, you

may get a heavy knocking noise when you drive. (In an emergency, you

may be able to use lower octane

--

as low as

87

--

if

heavy knocking does

not occur.)

If

you’re using 91 or higher octane unleaded gas and you still

get heavy knocking, your engine needs service.

I

259

What about gasoline with blending materials that contain oxygen, such as

MTBE

or alcohol?

MTBE is “methyl tertiary-butyl ether.” Fuel that is no more than

15%

MTBE is fine for your car.

Ethanol is ethyl or grain alcohol. Properly-blended fuel that is no more

than

10%

ethanol is

fine

for your car.

Methanol

is

methyl or wood alcohol.

r

1

NOTICE:

Fuel that

is

more than

5%

methanol

is

bad for your vehicle.

Don’t use it. It can corrode metal parts in your fuel system and

also damage plastic and rubber parts. That damage wouldn’t be

covered under your warranty. And even at

5%

or less, there must

be 6Ccosolvents” and corrosion preventers in this fuel to help

avoid these Droblems.

Gasolines for Cleaner Air

Your use

of

gasoline

with

detergent additives

will

help prevent deposits

from forming in your engine and fuel system. That helps keep your

engine

in

tune and your emission control system working properly. It’s

good for your vehicle, and you’ll be doing your part for cleaner air.

Many gasolines are now blended with materials called oxygenates.

General Motors recommends that you use gasolines

with

these blending

materials, such as

MTBE

and ethanol.

By

doing

so,

you can help clean

the air, especially in those parts

of

the country that have high carbon

monoxide levels.

In addition, some gasoline suppliers are now producing reformulated

gasolines. These gasolines are specially designed to reduce vehicle

emissions. General Motors recommends that you use reformulated

gasoline. By doing

so,

you

can help clean the air, especially in those parts

of

the country that have high ozone levels.

You

should ask your service station operators if their gasolines contain

detergents and oxygenates, and

if

they have been reformulated to reduce

vehicle emissions.

260

FUELS IN FOREIGN COUNTNES

If

you

plan on driving in another country outside the

U.S.

or Canada,

unleaded fuel may be hard to find.

Do

not use leaded gasoline.

If

you

use

even one tankful, your emission controls won't work well or at all. With

continuous use, spark plugs can get fouled, the exhaust system can

corrode, and your engine

oil

can deteriorate quickly. Your vehicle's

oxygen sensor will be damaged. All of that means costly repairs that

wouldn't be covered by your warranty.

To

check

on

fuel availability, ask an auto club, or contact a major oil

company that does business in the country where you'll be driving.

You can also write us at the following address

for

advice. Just

tell

us

where you're going and give your Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).

General Motors of Canada Ltd.

International Export Sales

EO.

Box

828

Oshawa, Ontario

L1H

7N1,

Canada

FILLING

YOUR

TANK

261

A

CAUTION:

Gasoline vapor is highly flammable.

It

burns violently, and that

can cause very bad injuries. Don't smoke if you're near gasoline

pr refueling your vehicle. Keep sparks, flames, and smoking

;materials away from gasoline.

The

cap

is

behind

a

hinged door on the left side

of

your vehicle.

The release button is

in the glove

box.

Or

you

can

use

the

manual

door

release

override in the trunk.

262

While refueling, hang

the cap inside the fuel

door.

To

take

off

the cap, turn it slowly to the left (counterclockwise).

I

A

CAUTION:

If

you get gasoline on you and then something ignites it, you

could be badly burned. Gasoline can spray out

on

you if you

open the fuel filler cap too quickly. This spray can happen if

your tank is nearly full, and

is

more likely in hot weather. Open

the fuel filler cap slowly and wait for any “hiss” noise to stop.

Then unscrew tht ap all the

1

y.

When you put the cap back on, turn it to the right until

you

hear a

clicking noise.

263

CHECKZNG TH%NGS UNDER

THE

HOOD

Hood

Release

I

.

..

I

To

open the hood,

first

pull the lever inside the vehicle located at the

lower

left

side

of

the instrument panel.

.-

I

.

.I

-

Then

go

the front

of

the vehicle and release the secondary hood release

and

lift

the hood.

264

n

l-

1

'i

R

q"

I

A

CAUTION:

An

electric fan under the hood can start up and injure you even

when the engine

is

not running. Keep hands, clothing and tools

away from any underhood electric fan.

I

A

CAUTION:

Things that burn can get on hot engine parts and start a fire.

These include liquids like gasoline, oil, coolant, brake fluid,

windshield washer and other fluids, and plastic or rubber. You

or others could be burned. Be careful not to drop or spill things

that will burn onto

a

hot engine.

I

Fluid

Usage Label

265

4.6

Liter (Northstar)

Use the fluid usage label to identify the correct fluid

you

want

to

check.

ENGINE

OIL

It's a good idea to check your engine

oil

every time

you

get fuel. In order

to get an accurate reading, the

oil

must be warm and the vehicle must be

on

level

ground.

c

-,

266

Turn off the engine and give the oil

a

few minutes

to

drain back into the

oil

pan.

If

you don't, the

oil

dipstick might not

show

the actual

level.

267

4.6

Liter (Northstar)

To

Check Engine Oil:

Pull

out the dipstick and clean

it

with

a

paper towel

or cloth, then push it back

in

all the

way.

Remove

it

again, keeping the tip

lower.

4.9

Liter

268

4.6

Liter (Northstar)

..

-

...

.

-

.

..

,

-I

.

When

to

Add

Oil:

If

the

oil

is at or below the

ADD

line, then you’ll need

to add some

oil.

But

you

must use the right kind. This section explains

what kind

of

oil

to use.

For

crankcase capacity, see “Capacities and

Specifications”

in

the Index.

269

To

remove, turn the

oil

fill

cap countcrclockwise.

Just

fill

it

enough

to

put

the

level somewhere

in

thc

proper operating

range.

Push

the dipstick

all

thc

way

back

in

when you're through.

270

What

Kind

of

Oil

to

Use:

Look

for three things:

SG

“SG”

must be

on

the oil container, either by itself or combined with

other

quality

designations, such

as

“SG/CC,”

“SG/CD,”

“SF,SG,CC,”

etc. These letters show American Petroleum Institute

(API)

levels of

quality.

271

RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY GRADE ENGIHE

OILS

FOR

BEST FUEL Er-m7Y AND COLD STARTING, SELECT THE LOWEST

SAE VISCOSITY GLmwL

wll

FOR

THE EXPECTED TEMPERATURE RANGE.

vmim

HOT

OF

"C

+loo

-

+38

+80

-

+27

+60

-

+16

+40

-

-+4

+20

-

-7

0

3

--la

0

COLD

WEATHER

SAE

5W-30

--

[--I

-I

SAE

low-30

PREFERRED

DO

NOT USE SAE

1OW-40

GRADE

OIL

OR

ANY

OTHER

GRADE

NOT

RECOMMENDED

SAE

1OW-30

As

shown in the viscosity chart,

SAE

low-30 is best for your vehicle.

However, you can use

SAE

5W-30 if it's going

to

be colder than 60°F

(16"

C)

before your

0°F

(-18OC),

you

should use

SAE

5W-30.

These numbers on an

oil

container

show

its viscosity, or thickness.

Do

not

use other viscosity oils such as

SAE

1OW-40 or

SAE

20W-50.

Energy Conserving

I1

272

Oils with these words on the container will help you save fuel.

This doughnut-shaped logo (symbol) is used on most oil containers

to

help

you

select the correct

oil.

You should look for this on the oil container, and use

only

those oils that

display the logo.

GM Goodwrench@ oil (in Canada, GM Engine Oil) meets all the

requirements for your vehicle.

Engine Oil

Additives:

Don’t add anything to your

oil.

Your Cadillac

dealer is ready to advise

if

you think something should be added.

When

to

Change Engine Oil:

Your vehicle is equipped with an engine oil

life index (EOLI) feature as part

of

the Driver Information Center

display (DIC). Oil change intervals are determined by the EOLI and will

usually fall at, or between, the

two

recommended alternative intervals of

3,000

miles (5,000 kilometers) and

7,500

miles (12,500 kilometers), but

could be shorter than

3,000 miles

(5,000

kilometers) under some

very

severe driving conditions shown

in

Schedule I. The system will also

indicate the need for an oil change if

7,500

miles (12,500 kilometers) or

one year has passed.

Engine

oil

life

remaining is displayed through engine data as the ‘OIL

LIFE INDEX’ and as a ‘CHANGE ENGINE OIC message. The

‘OIL

LIFE INDEX’ display includes a number between

0

and

100.

This is the

percentage

of

oil

life

REMAINING

based on driving conditions and

mileage driven since the last time of the oil life indicator was reset. When

the remaining oil life is less than

lo%,

a ‘CHANGE OIL SOON’ message

will

appear. This is a reminder to schedule an engine oil change. When

the oil life index reaches

0,

the ‘CHANGE ENGINE

OIC

message

will

appear. This indicates that no oil life remains and the oil should be

changed as soon as possible, but certainly within the next 200 miles (320

km).

The

EOLI

will not detect excessively dusty conditions or engine

malfunctions which may effect the

oil.

If

you drive

in

dusty areas, change

the engine oil after every

3,000

miles

(5,000

kilometers) or

3

months

(whichever comes first), unless instructed to do

so

sooner by the DIC.

xu

-

On

Northstar

4.6

Liter engine equipped vehicles a ‘CHECK OIL

LEVEE

message will appear whenever the oil level’s approximately one quart low.

273

How

To

Reset the

Oil

Life Indicator: After the oil

has

been changed,

display the

‘OIL

LIFE

INDEX’ message

by

pressing the

‘INFORMATION’ button. Then press and hold

the

‘STORE/RECALL:

button until the display shows ‘100’. This

will

reset the oil life index. The

message will remain OFF until the next oil change is needed. The

percentage

of

oil life remaining may be check at any item by pressing the

INFORMATION button several times until the

‘OIL

LIFE INDEX’

message appears.

Engine Block Heater: An engine block heater can be

a

big help

if

you

have to park outside in very cold weather, 0

F

(-18

C)

or colder. If your

vehicle has this option, see “Engine Block Heater”

in

the Index.

What

to

Do

with Used

Oil:

1

A

CAUTION:

Used engine oil contains things that

have

caused skin cancer in

laboratory animals. Don’t let used

oil

stay on your skin for very

-

‘J;

long.

Clean your

skin

and nails with soap and water, or a good

-

hand cleaner. Wash or properly throw

away

clothing or rags

$1

containing used engine

oil.

I.

,

e.-

-

.:

-

e

4

Used oil can be

a

real threat to

the

environment.

If

you change your own

oil, be sure to drain all free-flowing

oil

from the filter before disposal.

Don’t ever dispose

of

oil

by

pouring

it

on

the ground, into sewers,

or

into

streams or bodies of water. Instead, recycle

it

by taking it to

a

place that

collects used

oil.

If you have

a

problem properly disposing

of

your used

oil,

ask

your dealer, a service station or a local recycling center

for

help.

274

AIR

CLEANER

I

....

tT

4.6

Liter (Northstar)

To

gain access to the air cleaner element, loosen the

four

screws and

lift

the top half

of

the air cleaner assembly.

Refer

to

the Maintenance Schedule

to

determine when to replace the air

filter.

See "Scheduled Maintenance Services"

in

the Index.

275

Operating

the

engine with the air cleaner

off

can

cause

you

or

others to be burned. The air cleaner not only cleans the air,

it

stops flame

if

the engine backfires.

If

it isn’t there, and the

engine backfires,

you could be burned.

Don’t

drive

with it

off,

and be carefbl working

on

the engine with the

air

cleaner

off.

NOTICE:

__

the air cleaner is

off,

a backfire can cause a damaging engine

fire.

And, dirt can easily get into your engine, which will damage

LC.

Always

have the air cleaner in place when you’re driving.

..,

*::

,:..

.

*->.-*

.

~

..

-

,

.

- -

.

-..

>..s.=-7.s..:

‘<.>

-

..

.

-.<. ~

.

~~

.

..

.

..

.

....

.

-~-

-

.-..

-.-.ii-..

.

..~..

__.

.=

.

--

~

..

AUTOMATIC

TRANSAXLE

FLUID

When to Check and Change:

A

good time to check your automatic transaxle fluid level is when the

engine oil is changed. Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine

when to change your fluid. See “Scheduled Maintenance Services” in the

Index.

How

to Check

Because this operation can

be

a

little difficult,

you

may

choose to have

this done at a Cadillac dealership Service Department.

If

you

do

it yourself, be sure to follow all the instructions here, or

you

could get

a

false reading

on

the dipstick.

276

I

NOTICE:

1

Wait at least

30

minutes before checking the transaxle fluid level if you

have been driving:

0

When outside temperatures are above

90°F

(32°C).

At high speed

for

quite a while.

0

In heavy traffic

--

especially in hot weather.

While pulling a trailer.

To

get the right reading, the fluid should be at normal operating

temperature, which is

180’F

to

200°F

(82°C

to

93OC).

Get the vehicle warmed up by driving about

15

miles

(24

km) when

outside temperatures are above

50°F (10”

C).

If

it’s colder than

50’F

(10

C),

you may have to drive longer.

To

check the fluid level:

0

Park your vehicle on a level place.

Place the shift lever in

“P”

(Park) with the parking brake applied.

With your foot

on

the brake pedal, move the shift lever through each

gear range, pausing for about three seconds in each range. Then,

position the shift lever

in

“P”

(Park).

0

Let the engine run at idle for three to five minutes.

277

Then. without shuttinp

off

the engine,

follow

these steps:

4.9

Liter

TLxn

cap

counterclockwise to

unlock cap.

1.

Pull out the dipstick and wipe

it

with

a

clean rag or paper towel.

278

ip

il

2.

Push it back in all the

way,

wait three seconds and then pull

it

back out

again.

4.9

Liter

3.

Check both sides of the dipstick, and read the lower level. The fluid

4.

If the fluid level is where it should be, push the dipstick back in all the

level must be in the cross-hatched area.

way.

How

to

Add

Fluid:

Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind of transaxle

fluid to use. See “Recommended Fluids and Lubricants” in the Index.

If

the fluid level is low, add only enough

of

the proper fluid to bring the

level into the cross-hatched area on the dipstick. It doesn’t take much

fluid, generally less than a pint. Don’t overfill. We recommend you use

only fluid labeled DEXRON@-IIE, because fluids with that label are

279

made especially for your automatic transaxle. Damage caused by fluid

other than DEXRON@-IIE is not covered by your

new

vehicle warranty.

After adding fluid, recheck the fluid level as described under

“How

to

Check.”

When the correct fluid level is obtained, push the dipstick back in all

How

To

Reset Transaxle Fluid Change Indicator:

(4.6

Liter Northstar)

Your vehicle is equipped with

a

transaxle fluid change indicator. A

“CHANGE

TRANS

FLUID’’ message will display on the Information

Center when the power train computer determines that the transaxle

fluid needs to be changed or at each 100,000 miles (160,000

km)

interval,

whichever occurs first. When this message appears, change the transaxle

fluid and reset

the

transaxle fluid life indicator as follows:

the way.

0

Turn the key

“ON”

with the engine stopped.

Press and hold the “OFF” and “REAR DEFOG” buttons on the

climate control simultaneously until the

“TRANS

FLUID RESET”

message appears

in

the Information Center (between

5

and

20

seconds).

ENGINE

COOLANT

The following explains

your

cooling system and how to add coolant when

it

is

low.

If you have a problem with engine overheating, see “Engine

Overheating” in the Index.

The proper coolant for your Cadillac will:

Give freezing protection down to

-34”

F

(-37”

C)

.

0

Give boiling protection up

to

262OF

(128O

C) .

0

Protect against rust and corrosion.

Help keep the proper engine temperature.

Let the warning lights work as they should.

What

to

Use:

Use

a

mixture

of

one-half clean water (preferably distilled) and one-half

antifreeze that meets “GM Specification 1825-M,” which won’t damage

aluminum parts. You can also use a recycled coolant conforming to

GM

280

Specification

1825-M

with

a

complete coolant flush and refill. Use

GM

Engine Coolant Supplement (sealer) with any complete coolant change.

If

you use these, you don’t need to add anything else.

Adding

only

plain

water

to

your

cooling

system

can

be

dangerous.

Plain

water,

or

some

other

liquid like

alcohol,

can

boil

before

the

proper

coolant

mix

will.

Your

vehicle’s

cwlant

warning

system

is

set

for

the

proper

coolant

mix

With

plain

water

or

the

wrong

mix,

your

engine

could

get

too

hot

but

you

wouldn’t get

the

overheat

warning.

Your

engine

could

catch

fire

and

you

or

others

could

be

burned.

Use

a

50/50

mix

of dean

water

and

a

proper

anti€reeze,

I

281

Adding

Coolant

4.6 Liter (Northstar)

TCI

Check Coolant

(4.6L Northstar):

When your engine

is

cold, the coolant level

should be at

“FULL

COLD”,

or

a

little

higher.

When

your engine is warm and

the

“ENGINE

COOLANT LOW”

message does not appear on

the

Driver Information Center, coolant is at

the proper

fill

level.

To

Check

Coolant:

When your engine is

cold, the coolant level

should be at “FULL

COLD,” or

a

little

higher. When your

engine is warm, the

level should be up

to

“FULL

HOT,”

or

a

little higher.

To

Add

Coolant

4.9L:

If

you

need more coolant,

add

the proper

mix

the coolant recoverv tank.

282

lhming the radiator pressure cap when the engine and radiator

are hot can allow steam and scalding liquids

to

blow out and

burn

you

badly. With the coolant recovery tank,

you

will

almost

never have to add coolant at the radiator. Never turn the

radiator pressure cap

--

even

a

little

--

when the engine and-

Add

coolant

mix

at the recovery tank, but be careful

not

to

spill it.

I

.

You

can be burned

if

you.spil1 coolant on hot engine parts.

Coolant contains ethylene glycol, and it

will

burn if thi

engine

To

Add

Coolant

4.6L

(Northstar):

If

you

need more coolant, add the

proper

mix

at the coolant surge tank.

.-..

,7-eeT+d:F

-

*-.3.5

,

.,-

-

~

..>T

r

Irk-

.

.’

..

:

--

.

I.

+.

i

e

CAUTION;

,;

-

.*

‘

’

-

Turning the surge tank pressure

cap

when the engine and.

+&

radiator are

hot

can allow steam and scalding liquids to blow

out

and

burn you

badly.

Never turn the surge tank pressure

cap

I.

--

en

a

little

--

when the engine and radiator are hot.

You

can

be

burned

if

you

spill coolant on hot engine parts.

‘Coolant contains ethylene glycol,

and

it

will

burn

if the engine

.parts

are hot enough. Don’t spill coolant on

a

hot engine.

To

Check or

Add

Coolant: When the engine is cold,

the

coolant level

should

be

at

“FULL

COLD,’’

or

a

little higher. Remove the pressure cap

283

from me surge ram; use a flashlight as necessary to see into the tank. The

coolant level should be at or above the seam inside the tank.

If

you

need more coolant, add

the

proper mix.

RADIXTOR OR SURGE TANK

PRESSURE

CAP

1

NOTICE:

Your radiator

or

surge tank cap is a

15

psi

(105

kPa)

pressure-type cap and must be tightly installed to prevent

coolant loss and possible engine damage from overheating. Be

sure the arrows

on

the cap line up with the overflow tube on the

When you replace your radiator or surge tank pressure cap, an AC@ cap

is recommended.

THERMOSTAT

Engine coolant temperature is controlled by a thermostat in the engine

coolant system.

The

thermostat stops the

flow

of

coolant through the

radiator until the coolant reaches a preset temperature.

When

you

replace your thermostat,

an

AC@

thermostat

is

recommended.

284

POWER

STEERING

FLUID

I

4.6

Liter (Northstar)

..

.

..

'.

How

To

Check Power Steering

Fluid:

Unscrew the cap and wipe the dipstick with a clean rag. Replace the cap

and completely tighten it. Then remove the cap again and

look

at the

fluid

level

on the dipstick.

285

0

When the engine

compartment-is

hot, the level

should

be

at the

“HOT”

mark.

When the engine

compartment

is

cool, the level

should be

at

the

“FULL

COLD”

mark.

What

to

Add

Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind

of

fluid to

use. See “Recommended Fluids and Lubricants” in the Index.

286

WINDSHIELD WASHER FLUID

To

Add:

Open

the

cap

labeled

“WASHER

FLUID

ONLY.”

Add

washer

fluid

until the bottle

is

full.

UTICL:

When using concentrated washer

fluid,

follow the

manufacturer’s instructions for adding water.

a

Don’t mix water with ready-to-use washer fluid. Water

ause the solution to freeze and damage your washer fluid

ank and other parts of the washer system.

Also,

watel

oesn’t clean as well as washer fluid.

ill your washer fluid tank only

3/4

full when it’s very cold.

his allows for expansion, which could damage the tank if

it

1s

completely full.

I

0

Don’t use radia

indshield

was1

r

antifreeze in Your washer system and

r.

I

mr

Paint.

an

287

HEADLIGHT WASHER FLUID

(EXPORT

ONLY)

To

Add:

Open the cap labeled

“WASHER

FLUID

ONLY.”

Add

windshield washer

fluid until the bottle is

full.

0

e

When using concentrated washer

fluid,

follow the

manufacturer instructions for adding water.

Don’t

mix

water with ready to use washer fluid.

ater

em

cause the solution to freeze and damage your washer

fll

tank and other parts

of

the washer system. Also, water

doesn’t clean

as

well

as

washer

fluid,

Fill your washer

fluid

tank only

3/4

full when it’s very cold.

This allows for expansion, which could damage the tank if it

is

comnletely full.

..

Don’t

us?

radiator

an1

,

*ee:

cae

$ahage

ywr

paint.

in

1

I

288

BRAKE

M!XSTER

CYLINDER

Your brake master cylinder

is

here. It is filled with

DOT-3

brake fluid.

4.9

Liter

4.6

Liter (Northstar)

There are only

two

reasons why the brake fluid level in your master

cylinder might go down. The first is that the brake fluid goes down to an

acceptable level during normal brake lining wear. When new linings

are

put in, the fluid

level

goes back up. The other reason

is

that fluid

is

leaking out

of

the brake system.

If

it

is,

you

should have your brake

system fixed, since a leak means that sooner or later your brakes won’t

work well, or won’t work at all.

So,

it

isn’t

a

good

idea

to

“top

off”

your

289

brake fluid. Adding brake fluid won’t correct a leak.

If

you add fluid when

your linings are worn, then you’ll have too much fluid when you get new

brake linings. You should add (or remove) brake fluid, as necessary, only

when work is done on the brake hydraulic system.

A

If you

CAUTION:

have too much brake fluid, it can spill on the engine. The

fluid will burn if the engine is hot enough.

You

or

others could

be burned, and your vehicle could be damaged. Add brake fluid

only when work

is

done on the brake hydraulic system.

When your brake fluid falls to a low level, the “CHECK BRAKE

FLUID” message will display on the Driver Information Center and your

brake warning light will come on. See “Brake System Warning Light” in

the Index.

To

Check Brake Fluid

-

4.9

Liter:

Remove the cap.

The fluid level must be

to the

“MAX

FILE

line at the base

of

the

neck as shown.

To

Check

Brake

Fluid

-

4.6

Liter

(Northstar):

You

can

check the brake fluid without taking

off

the cap. Just look at the

indicators on the brake fluid reservoir. The fluid levels should be above

“MIN.”

If

they aren’t, have your brake system checked to see

if

there

is

a

leak.

After work is done on the brake hydraulic system, make sure the level is

above

“MIN”

and or slightly below or

at

the

“MAX”

indicator.

What

to

Add:

When you do need brake fluid, use only

DOT-3

brake fluid

--

such as

Delco Supreme

1

la

(GM

Part

No.1052535).

Use

new brake. fluid from a

sealed container only.

29

1

~~~~~~~~~

’OTICE:

-

DOT-5 silicone brake fluid can dam,,e your vehicle. Don’t

use it.

0

Don’t let someone put in the wrong kind of fluid. For

example, just a few drops

of

mineral-based oil, such

a

engine oil, in your brake system can damage brake

sv,

r

~rts

so

badly that they’ll have to be replaced.

0

Brake fluid can damage pai

so

be careful not to spill brake

fluid on your vehicle.

I

REPUCING

BRAKE SYSTEM

PARTS

The braking system

on

a

modern

vehicle

is

complex. Its many parts have

to be

of

top quality and work well together

if

the vehicle

is

to have really

good braking. Vehicles

we

design and test have top-quality GM brake

parts in them, as your Cadillac does when it is new. When you replace

parts

of

your braking system

--

for example, when your brake linings wear

down and you have to have new ones put in

--

be sure

you

get new

genuine GM replacement parts. If you don’t, your brakes may no longer

work properly.

For

example, if someone puts in brake linings that are

wrong for your vehicle, the balance between your front and rear brakes

can change, for the worse. The braking performance you’ve come to

expect can change in many other ways

if

someone puts in the wrong

replacement brake parts.

BATTERY

Every new Cadillac has a Delco Freedom@ battery. You never have to

add water to one of these. When it’s time for a new battery, we

recommend a Delco Freedom@ battery. Get one that has the catalog

number shown on the original battery’s label.

Vehicle

Storage

If

you’re not going to drive your vehicle for

25

days or more, take

off

the

black, negative

(-)

cable from the battery. This will help keep your battery

from running down.

FYou can be badly hurt if you aren’t careful. See

“Juml

*kin the Index for tips on working around a battery

wit1

Contact your dealer to learn how to prepare your vehicle for longer

storage periods.

Battery

Power

Loss

If

you lose battery power or the battery

is

disconnected, your car’s

computer must be programmed. It takes just over

20

minutes to do it. If

you want to do it yourself, here’s how:

Apply the parking brake.

Make sure the front wheels are straight.

Turn

off

the Electronic Climate Control.

0

Start the engine in

“P”

(Park) and let it idle

for

15

minutes. Then:

Put your

foot

on

the brake pedal, shift the transaxle to

a

and let it

idle for

3

minutes

or

more.

Do

not accelerate the engine. Then:

0

With the car in

a

(Drive), turn the Electronic Climate Control to

“Auto” and

let

the engine idle

for

3

minutes or more.

Turn your engine

off.

293

Now your computer is programmed.

HLOGEN

BULBS

I

LAUTION:

Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and can burst if you

drop or scratch the bulb.

You

or others could be iniured. Take

handling and disposing

of

h

WP

HOUSINGS

Your Cadillac's lamp housings are designed with

small

vents

so

moisture

will be removed when the lights are on,

or

after driving for a short time.

HEADLIGHT

BULB

REMOVAL

The following procedurc tells

you

how

to

removc the halogen headlight

bulb. Follow either the

EXPORT

or

DOMESTIC

illustration that best

describes your vehicle.

To

remove the cover,

turn lock tabs in the

direction

of

arrows

.

'V

shown on the cover.

Lift

the

cover

up

to

gain access.

294

7

*

n

r

DOMESTIC

-

Turn the headlight housing socket counterclockwise to

unlock socket from lamphousing.

EXPORT

-

Remove the rubber plug cover and remove plug.

DOMESTIC

-

Remove headlight housing socket.

EXPORT

-

Remove both retaining lock clips securing bulb assembly

in

headlamp housing.

295

P-

DOMESTIC

-

Remove the wiring harness from

the

headlight housing

socket

EXPORT

-

Remove the headlight bulb and

socket

from the headlamp

assembly.

DOMESTIC

-

Replace the bulb and socket and connect the wiring

harness. Reinstall the headlight housing socket into the headlamp

assembly.

EXPORT

-

Install new headlight bulb and socket into headlamp

assembly.

TAIILLIGHT

BULB

REPLACEMENT

Taillight bulb replacement is the same for either Eldorado or Eldorado

Touring

Coupe.

1.

Open

the

trunk

to

gain access to the taillight housing.

2.

Remove the plastic trim retainer screws and pull back the trim

material.

296

!-

r

3.

Remove

me

two

wing nuts.

4.

Gently remove

the

taillight housing.

9.

297

CENTER

HIGH

MOUNTED

STOP

LMP

BULB REPLACEMENT

I

2.

Twist the socket

(counterclockwise)

and remove the

socket

and

bulb

from the housing.

3.

Replace the bulb.

Reverse

the

steps to reassemble the stop lamp assembly.

298

WIPER BLADE REPLACEMENT

Position the windshield wipers on the windshield in the “mid” wipe

position.

To

do

this, turn the ignition

key

to

Accessory and turn the wipers

on. Then with the door open, turn the ignition

key

to

off.

Start with the driver side wiper blade assembly.

I

Using a small

screwdriver

or

your

finger, gently lift the

release lever up while

at the same time

pulling

the

blade

assembly from the

wiper arm.

Do

the same

with

the passenger side wiper blade assembly.

To

install the wiper

blade, align the wiper

arm pin with the hole

on the wiper blade

assembly and snap it

into

place.

The

arrow

on

the

wiper blade

is

to

point

toward the upper arm.

299

-:

If

you only want to replace the wiper inserts follow these steps:

1.

Disconnect the

wiper insert by

bending the end

of the insert

gently using

plyers. Then pull

it from the blade

housing retaining

tab.

2.

Now pull the insert from the blade housing.

3.

Reinstall the new

insert by aligning

the blade housing

tabs and the edge

of the insert.

Make sure that

the insert is

connected to all

the housing tabs.

Q

4.

Install the wiper blade assembly to the wiper arm.

Loosen clamp at the

throttle body and

disconnect

air

duct

from

the throttle body.

301

Push the

two

tabs and

pivot the top half to

separate the air

302

Once

you

have

replaced

the

air

cleaner filter, reverse

the steps to reassemble

and install back into

your vehicle.

LOADING

YOUR

VEHICLE

OCCUPANTS VEHICLE CAP. WT.

TIRE-LOADING INFORMATION

FRT. CTR.

RR.

TOTAL

LBS.

KG

MAX. LOADING

&

GVWR SAME AS VEHICLE

CAPACITY WEIGHT XXX COLD TIRE

TIRE

SIZE

SPEED PRESSURE

RTG

PS

VKPa

FRT.

RR.

SPA.

IF

TIRES ARE HOT. ADD 4PSV28KPa SEE

OWNER'S MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL

GEN GME

\INFORMATION

Two

labels on your vehiclc show how much weight

it

may

properly carry.

The Tire-Loading Information label found on the driver's door tells you

the

proper

size,

speed rating and recommended inflation pressures for

the tires on your vehicle.

It

also gives you important information about

the

number of people that can be

in

your vehicle

and

thc total weight that

303

you can carry. This weight is called the Vehicle Capacity Weight and

includes the weight

of

all occupants, cargo, and all nonfactory-installed

options.

MFD

BY

GENERAL MOTORS CORP

DATE GVWR GAWR FRT GAWR

RR

\

THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLI-

CABLE

U.S.

FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE

TION STANDARDS IN EFFECT ON THE

DATE OF MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE.

SAFETY, BUMPER, AND THEFT PREVEN-

GEN

GME

I

The other label is the Certification label, found on the rear edge

of

the

driver’s door. It tells you the gross weight capacity of your vehicle, called

the GVWR

(Gross

Vehicle Weight Rating). The GVWR includes the

weight of the vehicle, all occupants, fuel and cargo. Never exceed the

GVWR

for

your

vehicle, or the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for

either the front or rear axle.

And,

if

you

do have a

heavy

load,

you

should spread it out. Don’t carry

more than

185

lbs.

(84

kg) in your trunk.

A

CAUTION:

Do

not load your vehicle any heavier than the

GVVVR

or the

maximum front and rear GAWRs. If

you

do,

parts on your

vehicle can break, or it can change the way your vehicle handles.

These could cause

you

to lose control. Also, overloading can

shorten the life of your vehicle.

304

If you

put

things inside your vehicle

--

like

suitcases, tools, packages, or

anything

else

--

they will go

as

fast as the vehicle goes.

If

you have to

stop

or turn quickly,

or

if

there is a crash, they’ll keep going.

I

A

CAUTION:

Things you put inside your vehicle can strike and injure people

in

a

sudden stop or turn,

or

in a crash.

Put things in the trunk

of

your vehicle.

In

a

trunk, put them as

far

forward

as

you can.

Try

to spread

the weight evenly.

so

that some

of

them are above the tops of the seats.

When you carry something inside the vehic’

,

~ ~ ~ re it

Never stack heavier things, like suitcases, inside the vehicle

whenever you can.

Don’t leave

a

seat folded down unless

you

need to.

TIRES

We don’t make tires. Your new vehicle comes with high quality tires made

by a leading tire manufacturer. These tires are warranted by the tire

manufacturers and their warranties are delivered with

every

new Cadillac.

If

your spare tire is

a

different brand than your road tires, you will have a

tire warranty folder from each

of

these manufacturers.

Inflation

=

Tire Pressure

The Tire-Loading Information label which

is

located

on

the driver’s door

shows

the

correct inflation pressures

for

your

tires,

when they’re cold.

“Cold” means your

vehicle

has been sitting for at least three hours or

driven

no

more than a mile.

If

you’ll be driving at speeds higher than

100

mph

(160

km/h) where it

is

legal, raise the “cold” inflation pressure

of

each tire to

35

psi

(240

kPa).

When you end this very high speed driving, reduce the “cold” inflation

pressures to those listed

on

the Tire-Loading Information label. Never

inflate

the

tires higher than the maximum “cold” inflation pressures

stated on the sidewall

of

the tires.

306

When

to

Check

Check your tires once a month or more.

The Eldorado tire pressures

are:

0

Front

-

28 psi

(200

kPa)

Rear

-

26

psi

(

179

kPa)

Recommended tire sizes are:

0

XGT4 Touring Design Blackwall

or

Whitewall

(P225/60R16)

The

ETC

or (4.6L Sport Coupe) tire pressures are:

Front

-

29

psi

(200

kPa)

Rear

-

29

psi

(200

kPa)

307

Rust

or

dirt

on

a

wheel,

or

on

the

parts

to

which

it

is

fastened,

can

make

wheel

nuts

become

loose

afkr

a

time.

The

wheel

could

come

off

and

cause

an

accident.

When

you

change

a

wheel,

remove

any

rust

or

dirt

from

places

where the wheel

attaches

to

the

vehicle.

In

an

emergency,

you

can

use

a

cloth

or

a

paper

towel

to

do

this;

but

be

sure

to

use

a

scraper

or

wire

brush

later,

if

you

need

lo,

to

get

all

the

rust

or

dirt

off.

(See

“Changing

a

Flat

Til

.’I

in

the

Index.)

When

It%

Time for New Tires

One way

to

tell when

it’s time for new tires is

to check the treadwear

indicators, which

will

appear when your tires

have only

2/32

inch

(1.6

mm) or less

of

tread remaining.

You

need a new tire

if:

0

You

can see the indicators at three places around the tire.

0

You

can see cord or fabric showing through the tire’s rubber.

0

The

tread or sidewall is cracked, cut or snagged deep enough to show

0

The tire has

a

bump, bulge or split.

cord or fabric.

The tire has a puncture, cut, or other damage that can’t be repaired

well because

of

the size or location

of

the damage.

309

Buying

New

Tires

To find out what kind and size of tires you need, look at the Tire-Loading

Information label.

The tires installed on your vehicle when it was new had a Tire

Performance Criteria Specification (TPC Spec) number on each tire’s

sidewall. When you

get

new tires, get ones with that same TPC Spec

number. That way, your vehicle will continue to have tires that are

designed to give proper endurance, handling, speed rating, traction, ride

and other things during normal service on your vehicle. If your tires have

an all-season tread design, the TPC number will be followed by a

“MS”

(for mud and snow).

If you ever replace your tires with those not having a TPC Spec number,

make sure they are the same size, load range, speed rating and

construction type (bias, bias-belted or radial) as your original tires.

A

CAUTION:

Mixing tires could cause you to lose control while driving.

If

you

mix tires of different sizes or types (radial and bias-belted

tires), the vehicle may not handle properly, and you could have

a

crash. Be sure to use the same size and type tires on all four

wheels.

It’s all right to drive with your compact spare, though. It was

developed

for

use on your vehicle.

Uniform

Tire Quality Grading

The following information relates to the system developed by the United

States National Highway Traffic Safety Administration which grades tires

by treadwear, traction and temperature performance. (This applies only

to

vehicles

sold

in

the United States.)

Treadwear

The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate

of

the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified

government test course. For example, a tire graded

150

would wear one

and a half

(1

1/2)

times

as

well

on the government course as a tire graded

100.

The relative performance

of

tires depends upon the actual

conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the

norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences

in road characteristics and climate.

Traction

-

A,

B,

C

The traction grades, from highest to lowest are:

A,

B,

and

C.

They

represent

the

tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under

controlled conditions

on

specified government test surfaces of asphalt

and concrete.

A

tire marked

C

may have poor traction performance.

Warning: The traction grade assigned to this tire is based

on

braking

(straight-ahead) traction tests and does not include cornering (turning)

traction.

Temperature

-

A,

B,

C

The

temperature grades are

A

(the highest),

B,

and

C,

representing

the

tire’s resistance

to

the generation of heat and its ability

to

dissipate heat

when tested under controlled conditions

on

a specified indoor laboratory

test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire

to

degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to

sudden tire failure. The grade

C

corresponds to a level

of

performance

which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle

Safety Standard

No.

109.

Grades

B

and

A

represent higher levels

of

performance on the laboratory test wheel than the

minimum

required by

law.

Warning: The temperature grade for this tire is established for

a

tire that

is

properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation,

or excessive loading, either separately or

in

combination, can cause heat

buildup and possible tire failure.

Those grades are molded

on

the

sidewalls

of

passenger car tires.

31

I

While the tires available

as

standard or optional equipment on General

Motors vehicles may vary

with

respect to these grades, all such tires meet

General Motors performance standards and have been approved for use

on General Motors vehicles. All passenger type

(P

Metric) tires must

conform to Federal safety requirements in addition

to

these grades.

meel Alignment and Tire Balance

The

wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the

factory to give

you

the longest tire life and best overall performance.

In most cases, you will not need to have your wheels aligned again.

However,

if

you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling one way

or the other,

the

alignment may need to be reset. If you notice your

vehicle vibrating

when

driving

on

a

smooth road, your wheels may need

to be rebalanced.

Wheel Replacement

Replace any wheel that

is

bent, cracked or badly rusted. If

wheel

nuts

keep

coming loose,

the

wheel,

wheel

bolts, and wheel

nuts

should be

replaced. If the

wheel

leaks air

out,

replace it (except some aluminum

wheels, which can sometimes be repaired). See your Cadillac dealer if any

of

these conditions exist.

Your dealer

will

know the kind

of

wheel you need.

Each new

wheel

should have

the

same load carrying capacity, diameter,

width, offset, and be mounted the same way as the one

it

replaces.

If

you need to replace any of your wheels, wheel bolts,

or

wheel nuts,

replace them only

with

new

GM

original equipment parts. This way, you

will

be sure to have the right wheel,

wheel

bolts, and

wheel

nuts for your

Cadillac model.

312

‘

1

CAUTION:

Using the wrong replacement wheels, wheel bolts,

or

wheel nuts

on

your vehicle can be dangerous. It could affect the braking

and

handling

of

your

vehicle, make

your

tires lose air and make

you

lose control. You

could

have

a

collision

in

which

you

or

others could be injured. Always use the correct wheel,

wheel

bolts,

and wheel nuts for replacement.

Used Replacement Wheels

I

A

CAUTION

Putting a

used

wheel

on

your vehicle

is

dangerous. You can’t

know how it’s been used

or

how many miles it’s been driven.

It

I

could fail suddenIy and cause

an

accident.

If

you

haw ~

II

replace

a

wheel

use

anew

GM

original equipment wheel.

I

3

13

UP

Tire

Chains

APPEARANCE

CARE

u

1

314

3

15

L

CLEANING

THE

INSIDE

OF

YOUR

Use a vacuum cleaner often to get rid of dust and loose dirt.

wipe

vinyl

with a

clean,

damp cloth.

Your Cadillac dealer

has

two

GM

cleaners

--

a solvent-type spot lifter and

a foam-type powdered cleaner. They will clean normal spots and stains

very well.

Here are some cleaning tips:

0

Always read the instructions on the cleaner label.

Clean up stains as soon as

you

can

--

before they set.

0

Use a clean cloth or sponge, and change to a clean area often.

A

soft

Use

solvent-type cleaners

in

a well-ventilated area only.

If

you use

0

If

a

ring

forms after spot cleaning, clean the entire area immediately

brush may

be

used

if

stains are stubborn.

them, don’t saturate the stained area.

or

it

will set.

USING

FON=WPE

CLEANER

ON

FMRIC

0

Vacuum and brush the area to remove any loose dirt.

Always clean a whole trim panel or section. Mask surrounding trim

along

stitch or welt lines.

316

Mix Multi-Purpose Powdered Cleaner following the directions on the

container label.

Use suds only and apply with a clean sponge.

Don’t saturate the material.

Don’t rub it roughly.

As soon as you’ve cleaned the section, use

a

sponge to remove the

Rinse the section

with

a clean, wet sponge.

0

Wipe

off

what’s left with a slightly damp paper towel or cloth.

Then dry

it

immediately with an air hose, a hair dryer or a heat lamp.

suds.

Wipe with a clean cloth.

USING

SOLVENT-TYPE

CLEANER

ON

FMRIC

First, see

if

you have to use solvent-type cleaner at all. Some spots and

stains will clean

off

better with just water and mild soap.

If

you need to use it, then:

0

Gently scrape excess

soil

from the trim material with a clean, dull

knife

or

scraper. Use very little cleaner, light pressure and clean cloths

(preferably cheesecloth). Cleaning should start

at

the outside

of

the

stain, “feathering” toward the center. Keep changing to

a

clean

section

of

the cloth.

0

When you clean a stain from fabric, immediately dry the area with an

air hose, hair dryer, or heat lamp

to

help prevent a cleaning ring. (See

the previous

NOTICE.)

317

SPECIL CLEANIIING PROBLEMS

Greasy or Oily Stains:

Like grease, oil, butter, margarine,

shoe

polish,

coffee with cream, chewing gum, cosmetic creams, vegetable oils,

wax

crayon, tar and asphalt.

Carefully scrape off excess stain.

Then follow the solvent-type instructions

c~

b

ove.

Shoe polish, wax crayon, tar and asphalt

will

stain

if

left on

a

vehicle

seat fabric. They should be removed as soon as possible. Be careful,

because

the

cleaner

will

dissolve them and may cause them to bleed.

Non-Greasy Stains:

Like catsup, coffee (black), egg, fruit, fruit juice,

milk, soft drinks, wine, vomit, urine and blood.

Carefully scrape off excess stain, then sponge the soiled area with cool

water.

0

If

a stain remains, follow

the

foam-type instructions above.

If an odor lingers after cleaning vomit or urine, treat the area with a

waterbaking

soda

solution:

1

teaspoon

(5

ml)

of

baking soda to

1

cup

(250

ml)

of

lukewarm water.

Finally,

if

needed, clean lightly

with

solvent-type cleaner.

Combination Stains:

Like candy, ice cream, mayonnaise, chili sauce and

unknown stains.

0

Carefully scrape off excess stain, then clean

with

cool water and allow

to

dry.

0

If

a

stain remains, clean

it

with

solvent-type cleaner.

CLEANING

WML

OR LEATHER

Just use warm water and a clean cloth.

0

Rub

with a clean, damp cloth to remove dirt. You may have

to

do

it

0

Things like tar, asphalt and shoe polish

will

stain

if

you

don’t get them

off quickly. Use

a

clean cloth and solvent-type vinyl/leather cleaner.

more than once.

318

CLEANING THE TOP

OF

THE

INSTRUMENT

PANEL

Use only mild soap and water to clean the top surfaces

of

the instrument

panel. Sprays containing silicones or waxes may cause annoying

reflections

in

the windshield and even make it difficult to see through the

windshield under certain conditions.

Care

of

Wood

Panels

Use a clean

cloth

moistened

in

warm soapy water (use mild dish

washing soap).

Dry

the wood immediately with a clean cloth.

Wood surfaces can be polished using ordinaryhousehold furniture

polishes. Apply the polish to a clean cloth, then rub the cloth

on

the

wood panel.

CARE

OF

SAFETYBELTS

Keep belts clean and dry.

A

CAUTION:

Do

not bleach or dye safety belts. If you

do,

it

may severely

weaken them.

In

a crash they might not be able to provide

adequate protection. Clean safety belts only with mild soap and

luE varm water.

GLASS

Glass should be cleaned often. GM Glass Cleaner (GM Part

No.

1050427) or a liquid household glass cleaner

will

remove normal tobacco

smoke and dust films.

Don’t use abrasive cleaners on glass, because they may cause scratches.

Avoid placing decals

on

the inside rear window, since they may have to be

scraped

off

later.

If

abrasive cleaners are used

on

the inside

of

the rear

window, an electric defogger element may be damaged. Any temporary

license should not be attached across

the

defogger grid.

319

CLEANING THE OUTSIDE

OF

THE

WINDSHIELD

AND

WIPER

BLADES

If the windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer, or

if

the

wiper blade chatters when running, wax or other material may be on the

blade

or

windshield.

Clean the outside

of

the windshield with

GM

Windshield Cleaner,

Bon-Ami Powder@

(GM

Part

No.

105001

I).

The windshield

is

clean

if

beads

do

not form when

you

rinse it with water.

Clean the blade by wiping vigorously with

a

cloth

soaked

in

full strength

windshield washer solvent.

Then

rinse the blade

with

water.

Wiper blades should be checked

on

a regular basis and replaced when

worn.

CLEANING THE OUTSIDE

OF

YOUR

CADILLAC

The paint finish on your vehicle provides beauty, depth

of

color, gloss

retention and durability.

Washing

Your

Hhicle

The best way

to

preserve your vehicle’s finish is to keep

it

clean by

washing it often with lukewarm or cold water.

Don’t wash your vehicle

in

the direct rays

of

the sun. Don’t use strong

soaps or chemical detergents. Use liquid hand, dish or car washing

(non-detergent) soaps. Don’t use cleaning agents that contain acid or

abrasives.

All

cleaning agents should be flushed promptly and not allowed

to dry

on

the surface, or they could stain.

Dry

the finish with a soft, clean

chamois or a

100%

cotton towel to avoid surface scratches and water

spotting.

High pressure vehicle washes may cause water to enter your vehicle.

320

Finish

Care

Occasional waxing or mild polishing

of

your Cadillac may be necessary to

remove residue from the paint finish. You can get

GM approved cleaning

products from your dealer. (See “Appearance Care and Materials” in the

Index.)

Your Cadillac has a “basecoatlclearcoat” paint finish. The clearcoat gives

more depth and gloss to the colored basecoat.

I

1.

-achine compounding or aggressive poli

ALUMINUM

WmELS

Don’t use chrome polish on your aluminum wheels. Use wax after

you

clean them.

Also,

don’t use abrasive cleaners or cleaning brushes

on

them

--

you

could damage the protective coating.

WEATHERSTRIPS

‘These are places where glass or metal meets rubber. Silicone grease there

will make them last longer, seal better, and not squeak. Apply silicone

grease with a clean cloth at least every six months.

321

SHEETMETL DAIMAGE

If your vehicle is damaged and requires sheet metal repair or

replacement, make sure the body repair shop applies anti-corrosion

material

to

the parts repaired or replaced to restore corrosion protection.

FOREIGNMATERIAL

Calcium chloride and other salts, ice melting agents, road oil and tar, tree

sap, bird droppings, chemicals from industrial chimneys, and other

foreign matter can damage your vehicle’s finish

if

they remain on painted

surfaces. Use cleaners that are marked safe for painted surfaces for these

stains.

FINISH DAiUAGE

Any stone chips, fractures or deep scratches in the finish should be

repaired right away. Bare metal will corrode quickly and may develop

into a major repair expense.

Minor chips and scratches can be repaired with touch-up materials

available from your dealer or other service outlets. Larger areas

of

finish

damage can be corrected in your dealer’s body and paint shop.

UNDERBODYMMNTENANCE

Chemicals used for ice and snow removal and dust control can collect on

the underbody.

If

these are not removed, accelerated corrosion (rust) can

occur on the underbody parts such as fuel lines, frame, floor pan, and

exhaust system even though they have corrosion protection.

At least

every

spring, flush these materials from the underbody with plain

water. Clean any areas where mud and other debris can collect. Dirt

packed in closed areas

of

the frame should be loosened before being

flushed. Your dealer or an underbody vehicle washing system can do this

for

you.

322

CHEMICAL

PMNT

SPOTTING

Some weather and atmospheric conditions can create

a

chemical fallout.

Airborne pollutants can fall upon and attack painted surfaces on your

vehicle. This damage can take

two

forms: blotchy, ringlet-shaped

discolorations, and small irregular dark spots etched into the paint

surface.

Although no defect in the paint job causes this, Cadillac will repair, at no

charge to the owner, the surfaces

of

new vehicles damaged by this fallout

condition within

12

months or

12,000

miles

(20

000

km) of purchase,

whichever

comes

first.

323

GM PART

NUMBER

SIZE

I

DESCRIPTION

USAGE

1051516

WINDSHIELD WASHING SYSTEM

AND GAS LINE

32

OZ.

(0.946

L) WASHER SOLVENT AND GAS

105001

7

POWER STEERING

WEATHER STRIPS-STOPS SQUEAKS

ON METAL-TO-METAL AND

METAL-TO-RUBBER CONTACT

1052277

I

1050172

I

16

OZ.

(0.473

L)

I

TAR AND ROAD OIL REMOVER

I

REMOVES OLD WAXES, POLISHES,

TAR AND ROAD OIL

I

CHROME CLEANER AND

POLISH

'

REMOVES RUST AND CORROSION

ON CHROME AND STAINLESS

STEEL

CLEANS WHITE AND BLACK TIRES

WHITE SIDEWALL TIRE

SPOT AND STAIN REMOVAL ON

LEATHER

OR

VINYL

SPOT AND STAIN REMOVAL ON

CLOTH AND FABRIC

I

1050427

I

GLASS

CLEANER

I

23

OZ.

(0.680

L)

GLASS CLEANING AND SPOT

CLEANING ON VINYLS

I

1050429 6

LB.

(2.72

KG)

I

MULTI-PURPOSE POWDERED

CLEANER CLEANS VINYL AND CLOTH ON

DOOR TRIM, SEATS, AND

CARPET-ALSO. TIRES AND MATS

1052349 12

Of.

(0.354

L) LUBRICATE (WHITE GREASE)

1050729 8

OZ.

(0.237

L) VINYL TOP CLEANER

1052870 16

OZ.

(0.473

L) WASH-WAX (CONC.)

GREASE FOR HOOD, TRUNK AND

DOOR

HINGES AND LATCHES

CLEANING

OF

VINYL TOPS

EXTERIOR

WASH

SPOT AND STAIN REMOVAL ON

CLOTH AND FABRIC

WINDSHIELD WASHER SOLVENT

AND ANTI-FREEZE

1051 398 8

OZ.

(0.237

L) SPOT LIFTER

1051515 32 OZ. (0.946

L) GM OPTIKLEEN

EXTERIOR CLEANER AND POLISH

16

OZ.

(0.473

L) MAGIC MIRROR CLEANER

POLISH

32

OZ.

(0.946

L) DEXRONQ IIE

I

9985286

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION

SEE YOUR DEALER

FOR

SPECIFIC

USAGE

1

1052367

I

SUPPLEMENT (E.0.S.I

I

16

OZ.

(0.473

L) GM ENGINE OIL

I

YEAR ROUND COOLANT AND

ANTI-FREEZE

1

GAL.

(3.785

L) PERMANENT TYPE

ANTI-FREEZE COOLANT

16

OZ.

(0.473

L) DELCO-SUPREME

II

BRAKE

1052753

REAR AXLE

REAR

AXLE

BRAKE FLUID

I

FLUID

1

324

VEHICLE

IDENTIFICATION

NUMBER

ll11111

I1111111111

I

II

1111

I

Im"l

lG6EL12BXPU600001

A

1

G

6

EL

12

BX

P

U600001

NATION

OF

ORIGIN

1

=

USA

MANUFACTURER

G

=

GENERAL

MOTORS

MAKE

-

6

=

CADILIA

CARLINEEERIE!

EL

=

ELDORADO

VIN BODY CODE

=

BODY

TYPE

1

=

57 COUPE 2

DOOR

T1

PRODUCTION

SEQUENCE

NUMBER

ASSEMBLY PLANT

U

=

HAMTRAMCK, MICH.

MODEL YEAR

P

=

1993

-

CHECK DIGIT

-

ENGINE CODE

B

=

4.9

LITER (200 HP)

Y

=

4.6

LITER

(270

HP)

9

=

4.6

LITER (295 HP)

-

RESTRAINT SYSTEM:

2

-

ACTIVE (MANUAL) BELTS WITH DRIVER AND

PASSENGERS INFLATABLE RESTRAINT SYSTEM

325

This is the legal identifier for your Cadillac. It appears on a plate

in

the

front corner of the instrument panel,

on

the driver’s side. You can see it

if

you look through the windshield from outside your vehicle. The VIN also

appears on the Vehicle Certification and Service Parts labels and the

certificates of title and registration.

Engine

Identificution

The eighth character

in

your VIN is the engine code for your

GM

engine.

This code will help you identify your engine, specifications, and

replacement parts in this section.

SERWCE PARTS IDENTIFICATION LABEL

You’ll find this label on the spare tire cover. It’s very helpful

if

you ever

need to order parts. On

this

label is:

Your VIN.

Its model designation.

A

list of all production options and special equipment.

Be sure that this label is not removed from the vehicle.

ADD-ON

ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT

-

NOT1

Don’t add ythlllg electrical to your Cadillac unless you chec’-

with

your

aealer first. Some electrical equipment can damage

your vehicle and the damage wouldn’t be covered by your

warranty. Some of it can just keep other things from working as

they should.

326

r

T

ri

‘I

I-

!-

Retained

Accessory

Power

When you stop your Cadillac and turn the key to Off, you can use these

accessories for

10

more minutes:

0

Radio

0

Power Windows

0

Astroroof

0

Windshield Wipers

If you open a door, everything will go off. And, after

10

minutes

everything will go off, also.

If you want power for another

10

minutes, just turn the key to Run and

then back to Off.

FUSES

AND

CIRCUIT BREDRS

The wiring circuits in your vehicle are protected from short circuits by

a

combination of Mini Fuses, Circuit Breakers, and Maxi Fuses. This

greatly reduces the chance

of

fires caused by electrical problems.

If you have a problem on the road and don’t have a spare fuse, you can

“borrow” one of the same value. Select a feature that you can get along

without that is the same value you need

--

like the radio or cigarette

lighter

--

and use its fuse. Be sure to use a fuse with the same amperage

rating number on it (ie.

lOA,

20A, etc.) Replace

it

as soon as you can.

1

There is a fuse

removal tool and some

spare mini fuses in the

glove box door, just lift

the cover up.

327

Engine Compartment

Fuse

Block

I

To

gain access, lift the

cover.

Maxi FuseslRelay Center

The maxi fuse and relays are located next to the engine compartment fuse

block.

If

a

maxi fuse should blow, have your vehicle serviced by your

Cadillac dealer immediately.

328

1nrVc-I

SENSE

I

BIII

mc

1

m

DRL

SUSPENSION RTD (BAT)

L HDLP LO

R

HDLP LO L HDLP HI

R

HDLP HI

-1

COOL FAN TRANS/ECS

FUSE

CENTER IDENTIFICATION

I

ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BLOCK

COIL 20A

-

4.9L DISTRIBUTOR

-

4.6L IGNITION CONTROL MODULE

SIR

20A

-

DIAGNOSTIC ENERGY RESERVE MODULE

-

ARMING SENSOR

-

POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)

(DERM) SIR (AIR BAG)

PCM (IGN) 10A

-

PASSKeyB DECODER MODULE

INJ 10A

IGN 10A

-

FUEL INJECTORS 1,4,6,7

-

FUEL INJECTORS 2,3,5,8

-

A/C COMPRESSOR

-

ELECTROCHROMIC MIRROR

-

INSTRUMENT PANEL CLUSTER

-

DIAGNOSTIC ENERGY RESERVE MODULE

-

KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE

-

CORNERING LIGHTS

-

CHIME MODULE

-

TWILIGHT SENTINEVDRL MODULE

-

BACKUP LIGHTS

-

BRAKE TRANSMISSION SHIFT INTERLOCK

(DERM)

SIR

(AIR BAG)

FUEL 20A

-

FUELPUMP

-

POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE

PCM (BAT) 10A

A/C 1OA

HTD

W/S

10A

STOP LP 20A

TURN/HAZ 20A

-

POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)

-

A/C COMPRESSOR

-

HEATED WINDSHIELD

-

STOP LIGHTS

-

HAZARD LIGHTS

-

TURN SIGNAL LIGHTS

DRL 1OA (CANADA)

SUSPENSION 10A

-

DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS

-

DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS

-

ROAD SENSING SUSPENSION

-

SPEED SENSITIVE SUSPENSION (4.9L)

-

ROAD SENSING SUSPENSION

(NORTHSTAR)

RTD (BAT) 20A

L HDLP LO

1

OA (EXPORT)

R

HDLP LO 1OA (EXPORT)

L HDLP HI 10A (EXPORT)

R

HDLP HI (EXPORT)

IGN

3

10A

-

LEFT HEADLAMP LOW BEAM

-

RT HEADLAMP LOW BEAM

-

LEFT HEADLAMP HIGH BEAM

-

RIGHT HEADLAMP HIGH BEAM

-

HEATED WINDSHIELD

-

HEATER AND A/C PROGRAMMER

-

ELECT. LEVEL CONTROL (ELC)

-

DEFOGGER RELAY “D”

-

CRUISE CONTROL

-

POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE

-

COOLING FANS

-

POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (4.6L)

-

FRONT AND REAR HEATED OXYGEN

COOLING FAN 10A

SENSOR (4.6L)

TRANS/ECS

1

OA

SOLENOID

-

EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR)

-

POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)

-

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE

-

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL

SOLENOID

-

OVERSPEED ALERT MODULE (EXPORT)

-

POWER STEERING PRESSURE SWITCH

329

5

LH

MAXI8

FUSE

BLOCK

FUSE

1

(50

AMP)

-

RETAINED ACCESSORY POWER

(RADIO/WIPERS)

-

STARTER

-

TRUNK COMR FUSE Ai 1

-

ENGINE COMF! FUSES Ai, A3, A5, A7, A9,

All,A13

FUSE

2

(60

AMP)

U.S.A./CANADA Z49/SAUDI

-

TRUNK COMP FUSES

C1,

C3, C5, C7, C9, Cil

-

ROAD SENSING SUSPENSION

FUSE

2

EXPORT EXCEPT SAUDI

(60

AMP)

-

ROAD SENSING SUSPENSION

-

REAR FOG LIGHT (EXPORT)

-

TRUNK COMP FUSES C1,

C3,

C5, C7, C9,

C11, C13

CIRCUIT BREAKER

3

(30

AMP)

-

FUEL DOOR RELEASE

-

TRUNK RELEASE

-

LEFT AND RIGHT POWER SEAT

-

LEFT AND RIGHT LUMBAR CONTROL

-

KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE

-

POWER DOOR LOCKS

-

HORNS

FUSE

4

(30

AMP)

-

POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)

-

ELECTRONIC CLIMATE CONTROL

-

RAP/ILLUMINATED ENTRY MODULE

-

INSTRUMENT PANEL CLUSTER

-

PASSKeyB DECODER MODULE

-

THEFT DETERRENT

I

50A

I

m

5

FUSE

5

(60

AMP)

-

LEFT AND RIGHT HEATED SEATS

-

ELECTRONIC LEVEL CONTROL (ELC)

-

TRUNK LID PULL DOWN

-

POWER ANTENNA

-

REAR DEFOGGER

-

LEFT AND RIGHT MIRROR DEFOGGERS

FUSE

6

(60

AMP)

-

RETAINED ACCESSORY POWER

(SUNROOF/POWER WINDOWS)

-

ENGINE COMF! FUSES C7, Dl, D3, D5

-

TRUNK COMF! FUSES Al, A3, A5, A7

RH

MAXIB

FUSE BLOCK

FUSE

1

(40

AMP)

-

TURN/HAZ STOP LP

-

PARK LIGHTS

FUSE

2

(30

AMP)

-

DELCO-BOSEG SPEAKERS

-

RADIO CONTROL HEAD

-

REMOTE RADIO RECEIVER

CIRCUIT BREAKER

3

(30

AMP)

-

FLASH TO PASS FEATURE

-

DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT (DRL)

-

HEADLIGHTS

FUSE

4

(40

AMP) HAVAC BLOWER

-

HVAC POWER MODULE

-

AJC COMPRESSOR

FUSE

5

(50

AMP) ABS

FUSE

6

(50

AMP) COOLING FANS

-

ANTILOCK BRAKE PRESSURE VALVE

-

COOLING FANS

330

Rear

Compartment

Fuse

Block

Pull

gain

the

cover

access.

off

to

33

1

L

WIPER RAD (IGN)

R

DEFOG HTD MlRR IPC IBATT) THEFT

,

1-1

BI

REAR FOG FOG LP CNSL FAN CIGAR

-

L PRK LP

R

PRK LP RAD (BAT)

7'

.I

m m

TRUNK

COMPARTMENT

FUSE

BLOCK

CRANK 10A

-

RAPhLLUMINATED ENTRY MODULE

-

DIAGNOSTIC ENERGY RESERVE MODULE

(DERM)

-

STARTER

-

CATALYTIC CONVERTER ALARM MODULE

ION

1

10A

(EXPORTI

-

FUEL-LEVEL

SENSOR

-

ELECTROCHROMIC MIRROR

-

THEFT DETERRENT MODULE

-

KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE

-

TURN SIGNAL LIGHTS

-

RAP/ILLUMINATED ENTRY MODULE

HDLP WASH 30A (EXPORT)

IPC (IGN) 10A

CNSL

SW

10A

-

HEADLIGHT WASHER MODULE

-

INSTRUMENT PANEL CLUSTER

-

REAR

BLOWER MOTOR

-

CONSOLE SWITCH

ABS

1OA

-

ELECTRONIC BRAKE CONTROL MODULE (4.9L)

-

ELECTRONIC BRAKE AND TRACTION CONTROL

MODULE (NORTHSTAR)

WIPER 30A

RAD (IGN) 1OA

R

DEFOG 30A

HTD MlRR 10A

IPC (BATT) 1 OA

-

INSTRUMENT PANEL CLUSTER

THEFT 10A

-

PASS-Key@ DECODER MODULE

-

THEFT DETERRENT RELAY

HVACIDABIE 10A

-

HEATER AND A/C PROGRAMMER

REAR FOG 10A (EXPORT)

FOG LP 1OA (4.6L)

CNSL FAN 1OA

-

REAR BLOWER MOTOR

-

WIPERhVASHER SWITCH

-

REMOTE RADIO RECEIVER

-

REAR DEFOGGER

-

RIGHT AND LEFT POWER MIRROR-DEFOGGER

-

THEFT DETERRENT MODULE

-

RAP/ILLUMINATED ENTRY MODULE

-

REAR FOG LIGHTS

-

FOG LIGHTS

-

REAR

CIGAR LIGHTERS-SEVILLE ONLY

-

CHIME MODULE

CIGAR 20A

-

FRONT CIGAR LIGHTER

BODY 2 10A

-

POWER MIRROR SWITCH

-

RETAINED ACCESSORY POWER

-

CONSOLE SWITCH

-

PANEL LIGHTS INHIBIT (EXPORT)

-

COURTESY LIGHTS

-

KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE

BODY

1

10A

-

POWER DOOR LOCKS

-

DOOR LOCK CYLINDER ILLUMINATION

-

TRUNK LIGHT

-

GLOVE BOX LIGHT

-

FOOTWELL LIGHTS

-

TWILIGHT SENTINEUDRL MODULE

-

HEADLIGHT SWITCH

READ LP 10A

-

LEFT AND RIGHT VANITY MIRRORS

-

GARAGEDOOROPENER

-

FRONT AND REAR HEADER LIGHTS

L

PRK LP 1OA

-

RADIO DIMMING

-

HEADLIGHT SWITCH

-

INSTRUMENT PANEL CLUSTER

-

LEFT MARKER LIGHT

R

PRK LP 10A

-

LEFT TAIL/STOP/TURN LIGHTS

-

LEFT PARWTURN LIGHT

-

RIGHT MARKER LIGHTS

-

LICENSE LIGHTS

-

RIGHT PARWURN LIGHT

-

ENGINE COMPARTMENT LIGHT

-

RIGHT TAlL/STOP/TURN LIGHTS

RAD (BAT)

1

OA

-

REMOTE RADIO RECEIVER

-

RADIO CONTROL HEAD

ANTDRUNK 20A

-

TRUNK PULL DOWN

ELC 20A

R

HTD SEAT 10A

L

HTD SEAT 10A

-

DRIVERS HEATED SEAT

-

POWER ANTENNA

-

ELECTRONIC LEVEL CONTROL

-

PASSENGERS HEATED SEAT

332

Headlights

The headlight wiring is protected

by

a circuit breaker in the light switch.

An

electrical overload

will

cause

the

lights to

go

on and off, or

in

some

cases to remain

off.

If

this happens, have your headlight wiring checked

right away.

Windshield Wipers

The windshield wiper motor

is

protected by a circuit breaker and

a

fuse.

If

the motor overheats due to heavy snow, etc., the wiper

will

stop until

the motor cools. If the overload

is

caused by some electrical problem and

not

snow, etc., be sure to get

it

fixed.

Power Windows

and

Other Power Options

Circuit breakers

in

the fuse panel protect the power windows and other

power accessories. When the current load

is

too heavy, the circuit breaker

opens and closes, protecting the circuit until the problem is fixed or goes

away.

BULB

CHMT

DESCRIPTION

BULB

NO.

Ash Tray Illumination

..................................

1445

Backup Lights.

........................................

2057

Courtesy Reading Light .................................

168

FogLight

..............................................

886

Glove Compartment Light

...............................

194

Headlights Composite

-Inner High Beam

................................

9005 HB3

-Outer

Low

Beam

................................

9006 HB4

-ExportBulb........................................... H4

Illumination Entry

Lock

Lamp

............................

192

Instrument Panel Illumination

............................

194

Instrument

Panel

Telltales

................................

194

Cornering Light ................................... 1156 DC7

333

License Plate Light

.....................................

194

Park and Turn Signal

................................

2357 NA

Rear Fog/Back-Up Light (Export)

......................

P21/5W

Side Marker Lights

.....................................

194

Stop/Tail/Turn Signal

................................

2057 NA

Stop/Tail/Turn Signal (Export)

.........................

P21/5

W

Trunk Light ........................................... 1003

Vanity Mirror Illumination

...............................

124

Underhood Light

.......................................

561

NOR2MAL MUNTENmCE REPLACEMENT

PMTS

(4.9

LITER ENGINE)

Air Cleaner Element

........................

AC Type A1096C2

................................................ 25096932

Battery ............................................. 78A-72

Fuel Filter Element

..........................

AC Type

GF-581

................................................

25121468

Engine Oil Filter

.............................

AC Type PF-45

................................................

25010324

PCV Valve

................................

AC Type CV-774C

.................................................

6487779

Spark Plugs

..................................

AC Type 41-902

.................................................

5614235

Serpentine Drive Belt

...............................

3528110

Radiator Cap

................................

AC

Type RC 27

.................................................

6410427

Thermostat

........................................

3528974

Upper Radiator Hose ............................... 1640746

Lower Radiator Hose

...............................

1641712

TransFilter

........................................

865 1909

TransPanGasket

...................................

8668028

334

NORMAL 2MAINTENANCE REPLACEMENT

PARTS

(4.6

LITER NORTHSTAR)

Air Cleaner Element

.........................

AC Type Sl096C

................................................

25096932

Battery

.............................................

78A-72

.................................................

1981590

Fuel

Filter Element

..........................

AC

Type GF-580

................................................

25121468

Engine Oil Filter

.............................

AC

Type

PF-58

................................................

25014377

PCV

Valve ................................. AC Type CV-774C

................................................

06487779

Spark Plugs

..................................

AC

Type 41-900

Serpentine Drive

Belt

...............................

3530814

Surge Tank Cap .............................. AC Type RC 33

.................................................

6410665

Thermostat .................................. AC Type 131-66

.................................................

3531407

Upper Radiator Hose

...............................

3521504

Lower Radiator

Hose

...............................

3521505

Trans Screen Rt

.

Scavenger .......................... 8679416

Trans Screen Lt

. Scavenger

...........................

8680700

Trans

Pan

Screws

(16)

...............................

8682650

TransPanGasket

...................................

8681197

.................................................

5614236

335

SPECIFICATIONS

4.6L

32

Valve

(DOHC)

Northstar Engine

The engine is a 4.6 liter

(27Y

cu.in.)

903

V-8

featuring Dual Overhead

Cam

(DOHC),

32

valve, and sequential port

fuel

injection.

This

design

results in

a

powerful, refined engine which

is

well

suited to even the most

demanding driving conditions.

Engine weight is minimized by the use

of

low

mass alloy materials.

The

crankcase, cylinder heads and oil pan are made from cast aluminum. The

induction system housing, cam covers and

oil

filter adapter are cast

magnesium. The reduced engine mass enhances vehicle handling and

responsiveness.

336

The

Northstar engine

is

designed to require less maintenance than many

other

DOHC

V-8

engines. Engine systems are designed to remind

the

driver when service

is

required. An

oil

life

index indicator monitors

ongoing operating conditions and reminds the driver when

an

oil change

is needed. A low coolant warning message keeps track

of

the level

of

this

vital fluid. Direct acting hydraulic tappets provide maintenance free zero

lash operation

of

the

32

valves from idle

to

the

6500

rpm redline. The

camshafts are driven by a

two

stage roller chain assembly which is

designed to provide quiet maintenance free operation. Platinum tipped

spark plugs increase the replacement interval to

100,000

miles.

The four valve per cylinder design provides more

efficient

engine

breathing which results

in

higher power than comparable

two

valve

engines. The central location

of

each spark plug ensures a fast and

complete burning

of

the fuel/air mixture. The induction system uses

smooth thermoplastic tubes to channel air into the cylinders. The

smoothness

of

the

tubes is equivalent to the elaborate port polishing

methods used for race car engines. Careful design using the shape and

length

of

the tubes boosts horsepower by using sonic pressure waves

created by the motion

of

the inlet valves

to

increase the amount

of

air

entering each cylinder.

The Northstar engine

is

also designed

to

be

very

durable. The aluminum

block has cast-in-place iron cylinder liners for greater wear resistance.

High strength forged steel connecting rods support the free floating

piston pins

in

bronze bushings for superior high speed performance. The

fillits

of

the nodular iron crankshaft undergo a high pressure compression

rolling operation to improve their resistance to fatigue.

Quiet operation

is

enhanced by the use

of

special materials and designs.

The

front cover

of

the engine is stamped from laminated

steel

which

damps

out

noise.

Special cam cover gasket seals isolate valve train

operation. The

fuel

injectors are placed inside

the

induction system

housing

to

eliminate the clicking noise which is common to other fuel

injected engines.

The Northstar engine is designed

to

provide years

of

efficient, reliable,

satisfying operation. We think

it

is also just plain fun

to

drive.

337

4.9

LITER ENGINE

-

I

.

..

.

A

The

4.9

Liter transverse engine is

an

overhead valve,

90

degree V-8

design.

The

cylinder bore diameter and the piston stroke provide a piston

displacement

of

4.9

liters

(300

cubic inches).

This engine utilizes an aluminum crankcase with a separate aluminum

lifter carrier and removable cast iron cylinder liners. The cylinder heads

are made

of

cast iron and feature integral valve seats and guides. The cast

nodular iron crankshaft

is

supported at

five

main bearing journals by cast

iron main bearing caps and shell type steel-backed aluminum inserts. The

center main bearing is the thrust bearing.

335

The cast aluminum pistons use

two

compression rings and one oil control

ring. The pistons are tin plated to provide a non-scuffing surface when

the engine is new.

A

steel camshaft is supported by five steel backed babbit bearings. It

is

driven by the crankshaft through a chain at the front

of

the engine. The

drive gear is keyed to the crankshaft and the driven sprocket is bolted to

the camshaft. Both the crankshaft gear and camshaft sprocket have

locating marks to provide the correct valve timing and timing chain

installation. The valve lifters are roller hydraulic type and are positioned

in the aluminum lifter carrier.

4T80-E

Transaxle

(ETC)

&

4.6

L

Sport

Coupe

(270

hp)

The

4T80-E

transaxle has been designed to complement the output

characteristics

of

the Northstar engine. The innovative design

incorporates several features which enhance its overall operation.

339

This transaxle is the first of a new generation of

“SMART”

transmissions.

The computer which controls the electronic shift solenoids adapts to

changing environments while you drive. This provides consistent high

quality shifts under all conditions. Communication between the engine

and transaxle through this computer controls engine output during

activation

of

torque management or traction control. Smooth shifting is

ensured by design. Hydraulic accumulators control shift pressures and all

shifts are made to free wheeling elements.

The 4T80E uses a dry sump lubrication system with a scavenger pump.

This unique feature enables the transaxle to maintain adequate

pressurized oil supply during

all

maneuvers.

Spirited performance with

very

efficient cruising operation are provided

by the combination

of

4

speed overdrive gearing, a torque converter

clutch, and a

3.71:l

or

3.11:l

final drive ratio.

4T60-E

Transaxle

(4.9

L

Eldoradu)

340

The Hydra-matic

4T60-E

4-speed overdrive, electronic transaxle consists

primarily

of

a

five

element torque converter: two planetary gear sets,

various clutches, final drive assembly, differential assembly, and a control

valve body.

The torque converter houses a pump, turbine, pressure plate which is

splined to the turbine, and a stator assembly, serving as a fluid coupling, it

smoothly transmits power from the engine to the transaxle.

It

also

hydraulically provides additional torque when required. When applied,

the pressure plate provides a mechanical direct drive coupling

of

the

engine to the transaxle.

The two planetary gear sets provide the four forward gear ratios and

reverse. Changing

of

the gear ratios is fully automatic and

is

accomplished through the use

of

various electronic and mechanical

requirements. Four multiple disc clutches, two roller clutches, a sprag

clutch, and three bands provide the friction elements required to obtain

the various ratios with the planetary gear sets.

A

hydraulic system (the control valve body), pressurized by a vein type

pump provides the working pressure needed to operate the friction

elements and automatic controls.

341

Front

Suspension

Your fully independent front suspension is a combination strut and spring

design.

The

frame is isolated from the body with six rubber mounts.

Rubber bushings are used at

the

lower control arm pivots. Thc upper end

of

the

strut is isolated

by

a rubber mount which contains

a

bearing to

allow

for

wheel turning. The Road Sensing Suspension on the

4.6

Liter

(Northstar) and the Speed Sensing Suspension on

4.9

Liter

will

automatically controls the damping rate

of

the struts.

The

lower end

of

the steering knuckle pivots on a ball joint riveted to the

control arm. The ball joint is connected to the steering knuckle

with

a

castellated

nut

and cotter pin.

342

ShortlLong

Arm

Suspension

(SLA)

I'

Your vehicle uses an independent short/long arm rear suspension.

All

the

rear suspension components are mounted

on

a suspension support which

is attached

to

the body at four points and is

fully

isolated with bushings

and insulators to minimize road noise. Each rear wheel

is

connected to

the suspension support through the suspension knuckle using an upper

and lower control arm and toe

link.

The control arms and

toe

link are attached to the suspension support

on

the

inboard side, and to

a

suspension knuckle on the outboard side. The

hub and bearing assembly is mounted

to

the knuckle and is

a

single,

non-

serviceable unit which eliminates the need for wheel bearing adjustment.

The load leveling

(ELC)

shock absorbers

are

attached to the lower

control arm, with the upper end

of

the shock attached

to

the suspension

support.

The

springs are held in position between the lower control arms

and

a

pocket

in

the

suspension support.

The suspension system also incorporates

a

new damping system now

as

Road Sensing Suspension

on

the

ETC

or (Sport Coupe)

and

Speed

343

Sensing suspension on the Eldorado. These systems control the damping

forces in the shock absorbers and struts, in response to various road and

driving conditions. The systems are capable

of

making these damping

changes extremely fast.

A

computer receives inputs from vertical acceleration sensors,

wheel

to

body

position sensors, vehicle speed sensor, lift and dive signals. This

computer evaluates the inputs from these sensors, to control the damping

of

each

of

the struts and shocks independently to provide varied levels of

suspension control.

The system also has the capability

of

providing Speed Sensitive Steering

control.

This

system changes your steering effort based on your vehicle

speed.

Speed Sensitive Steering

This system varies the amount of steering effort proportionate to your

vehicle speed. Steering is easier at

a

lower speed for increased

maneuverability and parking ease.

As

your vehicle speed increases,

the

steering effort is also increased to provide a manual like steering feel for

maximum control and enhanced vehicle stability.

344

n

r

L

I

r

T

F-l

The power rack and pinion steering system,has a rotary spool valve which

directs hydraulic fluid coming from the power steering pump

to

one side

or the other side

of

the rack piston. The integral rack piston is attached to

the rack. The rack piston converts hydraulic pressure

to

a linear force

which moves the rack left or right. The force

is

then transmitted through

the inner and outer tie rods to the steering knuckles, which turn the

wheels

If

hydraulic assist is not available, manual control is maintained. However

under these conditions more steering effort

is

required.

4.6

LITER NORTHSTAR

ENGINE

Displacement

...............................

.4.6L (279 cu.in.)

No.

of

Cylinders

................

32-valve DOHC

8

-

90 Degree

V

Power (ACC. to

SAE

51349)

...............

295 (bhp

@

6000 rpm

Torque

(ACC.

to

SAE

51349)

............

290 (lbs. ft.

@

4400 rpm

.....................................

393 (Nm

@

4400 rpm

Power (ACC.

to

SAE

51349)

...............

270 (bhp

@

6000 rpm

Torque (ACC.

to

SAE

51349)

............

207 (lbs.

ft.

@

4400 rpm

Bore

........................................

93mm (3.66 in.)

Stroke

......................................

.84mm (3.31in.)

Compression Ratio

...................................

10.3:l

Cylinder Heads

...............................

Cast Aluminum

Intake Manifold

........................

Die

Cast Magnesium

/

..........................

Thermoplastic Air Induction Tubes

Valve System

...................

Direct Acting Hydraulic Tappets

Exhaust Valve

................................

29mm (1.14 in.)

Firing Order

..................................

1-2-7-3-4-5-6-8

Engine Code

9

.....................................

220 (kW

1

@

6000 rpm

.....................................

204(kW

1

@

6000rpm

.....................................

300 (N-m

1

@

4400 rpm

1

Engine Code

Y:

Cylinder Block

......

Die Cast Aluminum with Iron Cylinder Bores

Intake Valve

..................................

33mm (1.29 in.)

Pistons

......................................

Cast Aluminum

Left Bank

..........................................

2-4-6-8

345

Right Bank

.........................................

1-3-5-7

Camshaft

...................

Induction Hardened Cast Grey Iron

Drive 5pe

........

Single Row

/

Staged Drive

S

mm Roller Chain

Main Bearings

.........................................

Five

4.9

LITER

ENGINE

Displacement

...............................

.4.9L (300 cu.in.)

No.

of

Cylinders

..............................

8

-

90 Degree V

Power (Acc.

to

SAE 51349)

...............

200 (bhp)

@

4100 rpm

Torque (ACC. to SAE 51349)

............

275 (lbs.

ft.

@

3000 rpm

Bore

.......................................

92mm (3.623 in.)

Stroke

.....................................

92mm (3.623 in.)

Compression Ratio

....................................

951

Cylinder Block

...........................

Die Cast Aluminum

Cylinder Block Bore Liners

.........................

Cast Iron

Cylinder Head

....................................

Cast Iron

Intake Manifold

..............................

Cast Aluminum

Valve System

..........................

Roller Hydraulic Lifters

Intake Valve

................................

45mm (1.772 in.)

Exhaust Valve

...............................

3Smm (1.496 in.)

Pistons

......................................

Cast Aluminum

Firing Order

..................................

1-8-4-3-6-5-7-2

Left Bank

..........................................

1-3-5-7

Right Bank

.........................................

2-4-6-8

Camshaft

.............................................

Steel

Width..

....................................

16.2mm (0.64 in.)

Pitch

......................................

12.7mm

(0.50

in.)

Drive Type

..........................................

Chain

Crankshaft

.............................

Pearlitic Nodular Iron

MainBearings

...........................................

5

.....................................

250 (kW)

@

4100 rpm

.....................................

375 (N-m

@

3000 rpm

1

346

-

..

-

C.

ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM

Type

of

Intake

.....................................

Stationary

Filter System

......................................

Full-Flow

1

j

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM

ir

Surge Tank

/

Radiator Cap Relief Pressure

......

15.0 psi (103 Pa)

Thermostat Starts To Open

................

192-199'

F

(89-93 C)

Water Pump Type

.................................

Centrifugal

Drive Belt

.......................................

Serpentine

Radiator Core

...................................

Aluminum

Radiator Cooling Fans (2)

............................

Electric

!-

FUEL SYSTEM

r

I'

Induction Type

............

Sequential Port Fuel Injection '(SPFI)

System Pressure

....................

.33.4-43.5 psi (230-300 kPa)

Idle Speed

..................................

ECM Controlled

Filter Type

...............................

Paper Type Element

Fuel Pump

................................

Electric (In Tank)

Fuel Required

.................

Premium Unleaded (91 Octane)

I

AUTOMATIC WSAXl,E

1

r?

n

Trade Name (4.9

L)

.............

Turbohydramatic (THM) 4T60E

Type

.....................................

4-Speed Automatic

...................................

Viscous Converter Clutch

Trade Name

(4.6

L)

.............

Turbohydramatic (THM) 4T80E

Type

.....................................

4-Speed Automatic

...................................

Torque Converter Clutch

Fluid Required

..............................

DEXRON

IIE@

Axle Ratio (4.9

L

Engine Code B)

.......................

2.97:

1

Axle Ratio

(4.6

L

Engine Code 9))

......................

3.71:l

Axle Ratio

(4.6

L

Engine CodeY)

.......................

3.11:l

-1

347

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS

Exhaust Gas Recirculation

....................

Controlled

Flow

Catalytic Converter

.........................

Ceramic Monolith

Evaporative Emission Control

................

Charcoal Canister

Crankcase Emission Control

.......................

PCV Valve

Electronic System

.....................

Open and Closed Loop

-

L.

EmUST SYSTEM

Type

...............................

Single with Crossover Pipe

Muffler

..................................

One-Reverse

Flow

Resonator

............................................

None

Exhaust Pipe

..................................

Stainless Steel

Intermediate Pipe

.............................

Stainless Steel

Tail Pipe

.....................................

Stainless Steel

ELECTMCXL, SYSTEM

Voltage

................................................

12

Ground

...........................................

Negative

Generator (4.9

L)

...................................

140 Amp

Generator (4.6

L)

...................................

144

Amp

AIR

CONDITIONING SYSTEM

Refrigerant-12

(R-12)

......................

.2.375

lbs.

(1.08

kg)

Not all air conditioning refrigerants are the

same.

If

the air conditioning

system in your vehicle needs refrigerant, be sure the proper refrigerant is

used.

If

you’re not sure ask your Cadillac Dealership.

c1

I.

348

FLUID CAPACITIES

r

Transaxle (4T60E)

.............................

.20 pts. (9.5

L)

Transaxle (4T80E)

..............................

30 pts. (14

L)

Engine Oil (4.9

L)

............................

5

quarts (4.7

L)

With Filter Change

..........................

.5.5

qts (5.2 L)

Engine Oil (4.6

L)

..............................

6.5 qts (6.2 L)

With Filter Change

............................

7 qts (6.6

L)

Engine Cooling System

........................

12.3 qts (1 1.7

L)

Fuel Tank

................................

19.8 gallons (75 L)

Power Steering

..............................

1.3 quarts (1.2

L)

Windshield Washer Reservoir

..................

4.2 quarts (4.1

L)

i

TIGHTEN TORQUE

i

r

KEHICLE DIMENSIONS

F

EldoradoETC

Spark Plugs (4.9

L)

........................

.20

N-m (15 lbs. ft.)

Spark Plugs (4.6

L)

.........................

15 Nom

(1 1

lbs.

ft.)

Oil Pan Drain Plug (4.9

L)

..................

.30 N-m (22 lbs. ft.)

Oil Pan Drain Plug (4.6

L)

..................

.20 N-m (15 lbs. ft.)

f,:

Shipping Weight

..........................

3516 lbs. (1594.7 kg)

Shipping Weight (ETC)

.....................

.3695 lbs. (1679 kg)

Wheel Base

................................

108 in. (2743 mm)

Length

..................................

,202.2 in. (5135 mm)

Height

...................................

.54.0

in.

(1371 mm)

Width.

...................................

.74.3 in. (1887 mm)

Front Tread

...............................

.60.9 in.

(1547

mm)

Rear Tread

...............................

.60.9 in. (1547 mm)

T

!

rl

349

I!_

CERT'F'EDJ

A

L

I

We

employ

technicians certified

by

the

National

Institute

for

AUTOMOTIVE

SERVICE

EXCELLENCE

Let

us

show

you

their credentials

Catalog Number

H-3028

Part Number

3532633

f

.. .

r-

!OWNER

ASSTSTANCE

This

section

will

explain how

to

contact Cadillac

if

you need

assistance.

It

also

tells

you

how

to

obtain service publications and how

to

report

any safety defects.

This

section includes the following:

r

‘r

i

Customer Satisfaction Procedure

Zone and Central Office Addresses

Customer Assistance for HearindSpeech Impaired

MediatiodArbitration Program

Reporting Safety Defects

Product Service Publications

(PSPs)

Owner’s Manuals and Service Manuals

CUSTOMER SATISFACTION PROCEDURE

li

Your satisfaction and goodwill are important

to

your dealer and

to

Cadillac. Normally,

.

my problems with the sales transaction

or

the operation

of

your

vehicle will

be

resolved

by your dealer’s Sales or Service Departments. Sometimes, however, despite the

best

intentions of

all

concerned, misunderstandings can

occur.

If

your concern

has

not been

resolved to

your

satisfaction, the following steps should be taken:

STEP

ONE-

Discuss

your

problem

with

a member

of

dealership management.

Satisfaction can often

be

quickly

obtained

at

that level.

If

the matter

has

already been

reviewed with

the

Sales, Service or

Parts

Manager, contact the General Manager or

owner

of

the dealership.

r

STEP TWO

-If

after

contacting a member of Dealership Management, it

appears

your problem cannot

be

resolved by the dealership without further help,

contact the

Cadillac Consumer Relations Center

24

hours

per

day

by calling 1-800458-8006 or

In

Canada, contact

GM

of

Canada Customer Assistance Center in Oshawa by calling

1

1-800-263-3777 (ENGLISH). In Quebec, the French language mhumber

is

In

Mexico, call 1-900-254-1746,

In

Puerto Rico,

U.S.

virgin

Islands,

call

1-809-763-1315.

In

all other overseas locations, contact GM International Export

Sales

in

Canada

by calling 14164444112.

r

if

you have an Allant6 call 1-800-ALLANT&

i

1-800-263-7854.

b

r

6

1

For prompt assistance, please have the following information available

to

give

the

Consumer Relations Representative:

-

Your name, address and telephone number

-

Vehicle Identification Number (This is available from the vehicle registration or

.

title, or the plate attached

to

the left top of the instrument panel and visible through

the windshield.)

-

Dealership name and location

-

Vehicle delivery date and present mileage

-

Nature of problem

-

In order

to

give your inquiry prompt attention, please call the appropriate toll free

number listed. However, if you wish

to

write Cadillac, please send

all

correspon&nce

to

the respective United States, Canada

or

GM

Overseas Central

Office

address listed

on

the following page.

-

When contacting Cadillac, please remember that

your

problem will likely

be

resolved

in

the dealership, using dealership facilities, equipment and personnel. That is

why

we

suggest

you

follow Step One first.

b.

c--.

CUSTOMER

ASSISTANCE

FOR

THE

HEARING OR

SPEECH IMPAIRED

To assist owners who have hearing difficulties, Cadillac

has

installed special

TDD

(Telecommunication Devices for the

Deaf)

equipment in its

consume!^

Relations

Center. Any hearing or speech impaired customer who has access

to

a

TDD

or

a

conventional teletypewriter

('TTY)

can communicate with Cadillac by dialing:

1-800-TDD-CMCC. (TDD

users in Canada can dial

1-800-263-3830).

-

r

1

2

ZONE AND CENTRAL OFFICE ADDRESSES

r

n

CENTRAL

OFFICES

UNITED STATES

Consumer Relations Center

Cadillac

Motor Car Division

2860

Clark

Detroit, Michigan

48232

1-800-458-8006 (24 Hours)

1-8OO-ALm

(Allant& only)

INTERNATIONAL EXPORT

SALES

P.O. Box

828

Oshawa,

Ontario

L1H 7N1

Fax:

416444866

Telex:

8214981215

r

CADILLAC

ZONE

OFFICES

CENTRAL ZONE

Post

Office

Box

33109

Detroit, Michigan

48232

i

1

i.

;

r

FLORIDA ZONE

Barrette Bank Centre

Fifth

Floor

625

North Flagler

West Palm Beach,

Florida

33401

MID-ATLANTIC ZONE

r

Post

Office Box

9010

!

Wayne, Pennsylvania

19087

-

EASTERN ZONE

Post

Office

Box

3003

Parsippany, New Jersey

07054

CANADA

Consumer Relations

Department

General Motors of Canada

Limited

Oshawa,

Ontario

L1

J

526

1-800-263-3777

(ENGLISH)

1-800-263-7854

(FRENCH)

LOS ANGELES ZONE

Post

Office

Box

5018

Thousand

Oaks,

California

91 359-501 8

MIDWEST ZONE

Post

Office

Box

3002

Naperville,

Illinois

60566

NORTHWEST ZONE

Post Office Box

23850

Oakland,

California

94623

SOUTHWEST ZONE

Post

Office

Box

6601 18

Dallas,

Texas

75266-01 18

*NOTE: The state

of

SOUTHEAST ZONE

Alaska

is

serviced

by

the Northwest

Zone.

Post

Office

Box

50256

The

state

of Hawaii

is

serviced

Atlanta, Georgia

30302

by the

Los

Angeles Zone.

P

3

GENERAL

MOTORS

OF

CANADA

REGIONAL

OFFICES

CALGARY, AB T2P

3W7

4220 Blackfoot Trail

P.O. Box 2510

1-800-263-3777

MONTREAL, QUEBEC

H9R 4R2

5000

Trans-Canada

Hwy.

Pointe Claire, Quebec

1-800-263-7854

TORONTO, ONTARIO

M3C

lJ1

1200 Eglinton

Ave.

E.

416-359-0588

1-800-263-3777

GENERAL

MOTORS

OFFICES

OVERSEAS

FAR EAST

GM Overseas

Distribution Cop.

Roppongi Fuji Building

2-6 Nishiazabu 3-Chome

Minato-Ku

Tokyo,

Japan 106

Telephone: 03-470-346 1

Telex: JAPAUTO 522776

DUBAI

GMODCDES Middle East

Dubai

International Trade Centre

Level 30

P.O.

Box 9233

Dubai,

United Arab Emirates

Telex: 46542

GMGX

EM

Regional Marketing Office

SAUDI ARABIA

GM Overseas

Distribution Corp.

P.O. Box 5784

Jeddah, 21432 Saudi Arabia

Telephone: 02-665-3380

Telex: 401748 GMOT SJ

EUROPE

GMODCDES Europe RMO

C/O

GM

Service GMBH

Postfach 1710

D-6090 Ruesselsheim

Federal Republic of Gennmy

Telephone: 6142-602319 or 312

Telex: 4182841 GMO

D

Fax: 6142-82632 or

Code

(02)

PUERTO RICO

U.S.

VIRGIN

ISLANDS

GM Overseas Distribution

Corp.

Centro Commercial

Rio Piedras,

Puerto

Rim

Mail: G.P.O. Box G4382

San

Juan,

Puerto

Rim 00936

Telephone: 809-763-1315

Telex: 3450394

San

Francisco

MEXICO

General

Motors de Mexico

Consumer Relations Supervisor

Service Department

Mexico 1,

D.F.

Telephone: 905-245-17-86

Telex: 1763 185

Apartado Postal 107-BIS

--

4

1

GM PARTICIPATION IN BETTER BUSINESS BUREAU

MEDIATION/ARBITRATION PROGRAM*

t

Our

experience has shown that the Customer Satisfaction Procedure described earlier in

this

section has been very successful in achieving customer satisfaction.

If

you

have

discussed a concern with your Dealership management and have not

been

able

to

resolve

it,

let

us

know. Questions and concerns

are

resolved most efficiently if you

telephone or write directly

to

our

offices

as

described. However, if

you

have not been

substantially satisfied, Caddlac wants you

to

be aware of

GM's

voluntary participation

in ano-charge mediation/arbitration program called BBB

AUTO

LINE.

This

prograrn

is administered by the Council of Better Business Bureaus

through

local Better Business

r

Bureaus.

It

can resolve individual disputes involving vehicle repairs and the

interpretation of your New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

We prefer that you not resort to BBB

AUTO

LINE

until after a

final

decision is made

.

i

under the Customer Satisfaction Procedure. However, you may fide a claim at any time

by contacting your local Better Business Bureau (BBB)

or

calling the following

24

hour

toll-free number

to

obtain

the

telephone number of

your

nearest BBB office:

I-

r

I

1-800-955-5

100.

For further information about

filling

a claim, you may

also

write

to:

i

BBB

AUTO

LINE

Council of Better Business Bureaus

Suite

800

Arlington, Virginia

22203

'r

4200

Wilson Boulevard

I--

In

order

to

file a claim, you will have to provide your name and address, the vehicle

identification number (VIN) of your vehicle, and a statement of the nature of your

complaint. BBB

staff

may

try

to

help resolve your dispute

through

mediation.

If

mediation

is

not successful, or if you do not wish

to

participate

in

mediation, eligible

'

customers may present their case

to

an impartial third party arbitrator

at

an informal

hearing. The arbitrator will render a decision in

your

case, which you may accept or

f

reject.

If

you accept a valid arbitrator decision, Cadillac will be bound by that decision

(

The entire dispute settlement process should ordinarily take about40 days from the time

you

file

your complaint to the time a decision is rendered (or

47

days if you did not first

contact your dealership or Cadillac).

believe

it

offers advantages over

courts

in most jurisdictions because it

is

fast,

free

of

charge, and informal (lawyers

are

not usually present, although you may retain one at

your expense

if

you choose). Arbitrators make decisions based on the principles of

'

fairness and equity. They arenotrequired to duplicate

the

functions of courts by strictly

applying state or federal law.

If

you wish to

go

to

court however, we

do

not require

that

you first file a claim with BBB

AUTO

LINE

**

unless state law provides otherwise.

i

Whatever your preference may

be,

remember that if you

are

unhappy with the results of

BBB

AUTO

LINE,

you can still

go

to court because an arbitrator's decision is binding

on Cadillac but not on you unless you accept it.

r-

1,

'

We

encourage you to use

this

program before or instead of resorting

to

the

courts.

We

f

II

5

Eligibility

is

limited by vehicle age/mileage,

on

the component involved and other

factors. For further information concerning the program, call your local

BBB

or call

1-800-955-5100

for the toll-free number of your nearest

BBB.

You may also call

the

Cadillac Consumer Assistance Center.

"This

program

may

not

be

available in all states, depending

on

state

law.

(Canadian

owners

should

refer

to the Canadian Warranty Booklet). General Motors reserves the

right to change eligibility limitations

andlor

to discontinue its participation in this

program.

*

Some

states may require

that

you first file a claim with

BBB

AUTO

LINE

before

resorting to state ogerated procedures

(including

court).

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS TO THE UNITED

STATES

GOVERNMENT

If

you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash

or

could cause

injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety

Administration (NHTSA), in addition to notifying General Motors.

If

NHTSAreceives similar complaints, it may

open

an investigation, and if

it

finds that a

safety

defect exists in a group

of

vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign,

However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your

dealer, or General Motors.

To contact NHTSA, you may either call the Auto Safety Hotline toll-Free at

1-800424-9393

(or

366-0123

in

the Washington, D.C. area) or write to NHTSA,

U.S.

Department of Transportation, Washington, D.C.

20590.

You can also obtain other

information about motor vehicle safety from the Hotline.

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS TO THE CANADIAN

GOVERNMENT

If

you live in Canada,

and

you believe that your vehicle has a safety defect, you should

immediately notify Transport Canada,

in

addition to notifying General Motors of

Canada Ltd. You may write to Transport Canada at

Box

8880,

Ottawa, Ontario

K1G

352.

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS

TO

GENERAL

MOTORS

In addition to notifying

NHTSA

(or Transport Canada) in a situation like

this,

we

certainly hope you'll notify us. Please call us

at

our Consumer Relations Center,

1-800-458-8006,

or

in Canada call,

1-800-263-3777,

(English)

or

1-800-263-7854

(French), or write: Cadillac Motor

Car

Division, Consumer Relations Center,

2860

Clark Avenue Detroit,

MI

48232.

7

d

c-

6

r-

i

I4

r

I-

r

SERVICE PUBLICATIONS

Informationonhow

to

obtain Produet Service

Publ&iti~,

subscriptions, Indexes

and

summaries

as

describedbelow

is

applicable only in the

fifty

US.

states

(and the District

fo Columbia) and only for cars

and

light lrucks with

GVWR

less

than

10,OOO

pounds

(4

536

kg).

In

Canada, information

pertaining

to

Product Service Bulletins and Indexes can

be

obtained by writing

to:

General Motors of Canada

Limited,

Service Publications

Department,

1908

Colonel

Sam

Drive Oshawa,

Ontario

L1H

8P7.

Cadillac regularly

sends

its

dealers useful service bulletins about Cadillac products.

Cadillac monitors product performance in the field. We

then

prepare bulletins

for

servicing our products

better,

Now, you can get these bulletins

too.

Bulletins cover various subjects. Some

pertain

to

the

proper

use

and

care

of your

vehicle. Some describe costly repairs. Others describe inexpensive repairs which,

if

done

on

time with the latest parts, may avoid

future

costly repairs. Some bulletins tell a

technician how

to

repair a new

or

unexpected condition. Others describe

a

quicker

way

to

fix

your

vehicle.

They can help a technician

service

your

vehicle

better.

Most bulletins apply

to

conditions affecting a small number of vehicles Your Cadillac

dealership

or

a

qualified

technician may have

to

determine

if

a specific bulletin applies

to your vehicle.

You can subscribe

to

all Cadillac bulletins.

This

way you’ll get them

as

they come out.

You can wait a while and get an index to

the

bulletins. You

can

also

get individual

bulletins. However, you’ll need the index to identify

them.

Subscriptions

You can subscribe to

all

Cadillac Product Service Publications (PSPs).

This

will include

bulletins for

dl

cars sold by Cadillac and

will

not

be

limited

to

PSPs applicable

to

any

particular model.

When

you buy a subscription, you

will

receive the PSPs in

periodic

mailings shortly

aftex

they come out.

A

subscription

costs

$100.00

U.S.

($110.00

including a special binder) and

it

entitles you

to

all

PSPs published by Cadillac during

that model year. You can purchases a subscription by sending acheck or money order

to

Cadillac Service Publications, Post Office Box

07130,

Detroit, Michigan

48027,

along

with

the

order form located on page

15.

Your may get additions subscription ordering

forms

by calling the toll-free number shown in

this

section

or

your

can find them at

participating dealerships.

Individual

PSPs

If

you don’t want

to

buy all the PSPs issued by Cadillac for all models in the model year,

you can buy individual PSPs such

as

those which may pertain

to

a particular model.

To

do

this,

you

will

fit

need

to

see

our

index of PSPs.

It

provides a variety of information.

Here’s what you’ll

find

in

the index and how you

can

get

one.

What You’ll find

in

the

Index:

4

A

list

of

all

PSPs

published by Cadillac in a model year

(1990

or later).

PSPs

covering all models of Cadillac cars are listed in the

same

index.

4

Ordering information

so

you can buy

the

specific

PSPs

you may want.

+

Price information for

PSPs

you may want to buy.

How

You

Can Get an Index:

Indexes are published periodically. Most of the

PSPs

which could potentially apply

to

the most recent Cadillac models will by listed in the last quarterly publication for that

model year.

This

means you may want

to

wait until the end

of

the model year before

ordering an index, if you are interested in buying

PSPs

pertaining to a current model year

vehicle.

Some

PSPs

pertaining to

a

particular model year vehicle may

be

published on later

years, and these would

be

listed in the later year’s index. When you order

an

index for a

model year that is not over yet, we’ll send you the most recently published quarterly

issue. You can specify an index for

an

earlier model year, but not before

1990.

Cut out the order form, fill it out, and mail it. We will see

to

it that an index

is

mailed

to

you. There is no charge for indexes for the

1990-1993

model years.

Toll-Free Telephone Number

If you want an additional ordering form for an index or a subscription, just call toll-free

and we’ll

be

happy to send you one. Automated recording equipment will take your

name

and

mailing address. The number to call is

1-800-5514123.

Copies at Participating Dealers

Copies of Indexes and individual

PSPs

are

at

your Cadillac dealership. You can ask

to

see

them.

A

VERY

IMPORTANT REMINDER: These

PSPs

are meant for technicians. They are

not meant for

the

‘do-it-yourselfer’. Technicians have the equipment, tools, safety

instructions, and training

to

do

a

job quickly and safely.

Cadillac reserves the right to change these procedures without notice after November,

1991.

Cadillac Owner’s Manuals and Service Publications

You can get these by using the order form. Additionally, past model Owner’s Manuals

and Service Information Manuals are available for a minium of ten model years and

frequently much longer. Credit card orders may

be

placed using the toll-free number

1-800-7824356.

High quality copies of out of print older model manuals ar available,

also. You may receive

a

free listing of either by using the order form.

-

8

SERVICE MANUALS

(AVAILABLE AFTER SEITEM-BER,

1m))

-

PRICE

EACH

$SQ.Oo.;

45.00

55.00

7.00

FREE

-

MODEL

YEAR FORM

NO.

H-3012

H-3014

H-3016

H-3008

H-3046

CPCH-092

DESCRIPTION

r

C.

I

1993

Brougham Service Information Manual

1993

DeVille/Fleetwood Service Information Manual

1993

Eldorado, Seville Service Information Manual

1993

Allant6 Service Information Manual

1993

Quick Reference Specifications

Guide

(All Models)

Order Form for Past Model

service

Manuals

I

r

1992

and

Prior

-

I-

i

OWNER’S LITERATURE

MODEL

YEAR FORM

NO.

PRICE

EACH

15.00

25.00

4.00

2.00

1

FREE

-

r

DESCRIPTION

1993 H-3024

DeVille Owner Information

Fleetwood Owner Information

H-3025

1993

H-3026

Seville

Owner

Information

1993

~

1993 H-3028

Eldorado Owner Information

H-3022

~~

Brougham Owner Information

1993

r

H-3020

Alland Owner Information

1993

1993 3532657

Maintenance Coupon Booklet

T

bi

3532627

Warranty Booklet (All

Models

except Allant6)

1993

1993 3532628

Alland Assurance Plan (Warranty)

r

1992

and

Prior

I

Order Form for Past Model Owner’s Literature

NOTE

Owner

Literature

Portfolios,

Vehicle

and

Owner

Information

labels

and

Gold

Keys

are

available by contacting your Cadillac

dealership

9

I

PRODUCT SERVICE PUBLICATIONS INDEXES

PRICE

EACH

FORM

NO.

H-2655

H-2755

H-2855

H-2955

H-2652B

H-2752B

H-2852B

H-2952B

MODEL

YEAR

1990

1991

1992

1993

1990

1991

I

1992

1993

DESCRIPTION

Index (Includes applicable bulletin

summaries)

Toreview all product

service

publications (PSPs)

for a specific model year vehicle, it

is

necessary

to order the index for

that

model year

and

all

subsequent model year indexes.

FREE

-

20.00

Bound PSP Edition

-

includes

index

plus

complete

PSPs

-

Bound PSP Edition

-

includes

index plus complete PSPs

Bound PSP Edition

-

includes

index plus complete PSPs (available

10-91)

Bound PSP Edition

-

includes

index

plus

complete PSPs (available

10-92)

zu.

w

20.00

I

INDIVIDUAL PRODUCT SERVICE PUBLICATIONS

I

?fer

to

PSP Index for Form Number)

DESCRIPTION

-

PRICE

EACH

$4.00

First Individual PSP Per Order

1990

See details

thru

on

1993

PSP

Index

-

Each Additional PSP

In

Same Order

2.00

ANNUAL PRODUCT SERVICE PUBLICATION SUBSCRIPTION

PRICE

EACH

MODEL

YEAR FORM

NO. DESCRIPTION

Subscription

to

all Product Service Publications

released by Cadillac throughout the Model Year

(September

1

through August

31).

PSPs mailed

quarterly.

$100.0(

1993 H-3058

I

H-2134

I

3-Ring Binder

for

Product Service Publications.

Includes

set

of

Index

Tabs.

$10.00

c

NOTE:

Please

fill

in

order

form-

and MAIL

TO:

Cadillac Service Publications

Post

Office

Box

07130,

Detroit, Michigan

48207

ORDER

TOLL

FREE:

1-800-782-4356

(NOTE:

For

Credit Card

Holder

Orders

Only)

Monday-Friday

8:30

A.M.

-6:OO

P.M.

EST

*Minimum Credit Card Order

$10.00

If

funher

information is

needed,

write

to

the

address

shown above

or

call

(313)

863-1430.

Material

cannot be returned for credit without receiving advance authorization within

14

days of delivery.

On

returns, a re-stocking fee may be applied against the original order.

PUBLICATION FORM NUMBER' VEHICLE

MODEL

PRICE'

NAME

I

YEAR

QTY.

EACH TOTAL PRICE

.:Prices are subject to change without notice and without incurring obligation.

appropriate bulletin numbers. Thew numbers may

be

found in the PSP Index.

Your

Orders for Individual Product Service Publicalions cannot be lilled without the

first Product Service Publication costs

$3.0000;

each additional PSP costs $1.00.

Orders will

be

rnalled within

10

days

ol

receipt. Please allow adequate time lor

postal

service.

r

i

r

!-

f-

NOTE: Dealers and Companies please provide dealer or company name, and also the name of the person

to whose attention the shipment should be sent. For purchases outside U.S.A. please write to the above

address for quotation.

(CUSTOMER NAME) (ATTENTION)

(STREET ADDRESS-NO P.O. BOX NUMBERS) (APT. NO.)

(CITY) (STATE) (ZIP CODE)

DAYTIME TELEPHONE

NO. CODE

F

Check

or

Money Order payable to Helm, Inc. (USA funds only

-

do not send

cash.)

[7

Mastercard

0

VISA

Account

Number:

Expiration

m

0

Check here

if

your billing address is diflerent

Date molyr:

from your shipping address shown.

(CUSTOMER SIGNATURE)

r

11

E

m

I.

h

n

.

b.

...

.

I

SUBJECT

INDEX

r

k

A

Acc (Ignition Key Position)

...........................

76

Accessory Power. Retained

..........................

327

Electrical Equipment

.............................

326

Engine Coolant

..........................

234.242.282,

Engine Oil

......................................

269

Power Steering Fluid

.............................

286

Transaxle Fluid

..................................

279

Additives. Engine Oil

...............................

273

Adjustment. Brake

.................................

182

Adult Safety Belt Usage

..............................

19

Air Bag

............................................

27

Air Cleaner

.......................................

275

Air

Cleaner Replace

................

See Maint

.

Book.

p.22

Air

Cleaner Filter Replacement

......................

301

Air

Conditioner

....................................

144

Air

Outlets

........................................

143

Air

System

........................................

143

Alarm. How

To

Turn

Off

Theft

........................

73

Alcohol. Driving Under The Influence

Of

..............

173

AlcoholinGasoline

.................................

260

Aluminum Wheels. Cleaning

.........................

321

AMAX@

..........................................

151

AM

Radio Reception

...............................

151

AM

Stereo Radio Reception

.........................

151

Antenna. Cleaning Radio

............................

161

Antifreeze

.....................................

234. 242

Anti-Lock Brakes

..................................

179

Anti-Lock Brake System Warning Light

................

125

Anti-Theft Tips

.....................................

72

Appearance Care

...................................

314

Adding

Brake Fluid

.....................................

291

Arm.

Wearing A Safety Belt Under Your

................

25

Ashtrays

...................

i

......................

117

Astroroof

.........................................

115

Automatic Air Conditioning System

...................

144

Automatic Door Lock

................................

66

Automatic Overdrive

................................

82

r"

b

.

I

1

..

~

..

Automatic Transaxle

.................................

80

Automatic Transaxle Fluid

...........................

276

B

Baby Restraint

......................................

44

Battery

...........................................

292

Battery Cables. Starting With

.........................

221

Battery Charge Light

...............................

127

Battery Power Loss

.................................

293

Beam. Headlight. High-Low Switch

....................

97

Belt

Lap

............................................

39

Lap-Shoulder

....................................

20

Rear Seat

.......................................

35

Blizzard.

If

You’re Caught In

A

.......................

209

Block Heater. Engine

................................

78

Blood Alcohol Level

................................

173

“Blowout.

..

Tire

....................................

247

Boat. Towing

A

....................................

211

Bose Sound Systems

................................

158

Brake

Adjustment

.....................................

182

Fluid

..........................................

291

Master Cylinder

.................................

289

Parking

.........................................

84

Brake System Warning Light

.........................

124

Pedal Travel

....................................

182

Brake System. Anti.Lock. Warning Light

...............

125

Brake Wear Indicators. Disc

.........................

181

Brakes. Anti-Lock

..................................

179

Brakes. Trailer

.....................................

214

Braking

...........................................

177

Braking in Emergencies

.............................

182

Braking If Your Engine Stops

........................

179

“Break.1n”. New Vehicle

.............................

75

Break-In Schedule. When Towing A Trailer

.............

212

Bucklingup

........................................

19

BulbChart

........................................

333

Bulbs. Halogen. Removal

............................

294

Bulbs. Taillight Replacement

.........................

296

Bulbs. Turn Signal

..................................

334

C

.

L_

c,.

A

.

b-

.

’

.

a

.

..

Cables. Battery. Starting With

........................

221

2

I

r

.

r

i-

E

I

Camper. %wing A

..................................

211

Capacities. Fluid

...................................

349

Carbon Monoxide In Exhaust

......................

91. 209

Cassette ’Iiipe Player. Care

Of

Your

...................

160

Cassette %pe Systems

..............................

156

Cautions. Safety

......................................

1

CB Radio. Adding

A

.............................

152. 326

Cellular Telephone. Adding

A

.....................

152. 326

Center Console

.....................................

70

Center Mounted High Stop Lamp Bulb. Replace

........

298

Central Door Unlocking System

.......................

66

Chains. Tire

.......................................

314

Change The Oil. When To

...........................

273

Changing

A

Flat Tire

...............................

247

Charge Light. Battery

...............................

127

Chassis Lubrication

.................

See Maint

.

Book.

p.18

Checking

The Brake Fluid

..............................

290. 291

The Engine Oil Level

............................

268

The Power Steering Fluid

.........................

285

The ’Ransaxle Huid

..............................

277

Things Under The Hood

..........................

264

Your Restraint Systems

............................

60

Your Safety Belt Systems

...........................

60

Checks. Service Station

...............

See Maint

.

Book.

p.8

Chemical Paint Spotting

.............................

323

Child Restraint. Securing

.............................

47

Child Restraints

.....................................

44

Children And Safety Belts

............................

41

Cigarette Lighter

...................................

118

CircuitBreakers

...................................

327

City Driving

.......................................

196

Cleaner.

Air

.......................................

275

Cleaning

Aluminum Wheels

...............................

321

Fabric

..........................................

316

Glass

..........................................

319

Viiyl

or

Leather

.................................

318

Safety Belts

.....................................

319

The Inside

Of

Your Cadillac

.......................

316

The Outside

Of

Your Cadillac

.....................

320

The Power Antenna

..............................

161

The Top

of

the Instrument Panel

...................

319

The Underbody

Of

Your

Car

......................

322

The Windshield and Wiper Blades

..................

320

Weatherstrips

...................................

321

Clock. Setting

The

..................................

160

.

-.

Climate Control. Electronic

..........................

144

Closed-In Places. Don’t Idle In

........................

92

CO In Your Exhaust

..............................

91. 209

Compact Disc Player. Care Of Your

...................

161

Compact Disc Sound Systems

........................

158

Compact Spare Tire

................................

255

Computer That Shows Fuel Economy

..................

131

Console. Center

.....................................

70

Contents. Table

Of

........

See Front of Owner Info

.

Manual

Control Of A Vehicle

...............................

176

Control. Loss Of

...................................

187

Controls. Features And

...............................

62

Convex Outside Mirror

..............................

114

Coolant. Engine: Proper Solution

To

Use

............

234. 242

Coolant. Safety Warnings About

...................

233. 241

Cooling System

.................................

232. 240

Cruise Control

.....................................

101

Cruise Control. Get Out Of

..........................

105

Cruise Control

On

Hills

.............................

104

Curves. Driving On

.................................

183

Comfort Controls and Audio Systems

..................

143

Cooling System Service

..............

See Maint

.

Book. p.20

Cruise Control. Change Speed With

...................

103

Cruise Control. Turning

Off

..........................

105

Damage To Finish

..................................

322

Damage Warnings

....................................

2

Daytime Running Lights (Canada Only)

...............

109

Defensive Driving

..................................

172

Defogger. Rear Window

.............................

148

Defrost

...........................................

147

Delco-Bose Gold Series Compact Disc Music Sys

........

158

Delco Sound Systems

...............................

153

DEXRON IIE@

...................................

279

Dimensions. Vehicle

................................

349

Disc Brake Wear Indicators

..........................

181

Disposal. Used Oil

.................................

274

DoorLocks

........................................

64

Downhill. Parking

..................................

204

Downshifting

.......................................

83

Driver Information Center

...........................

132

Driver Information Center Messages

..................

133

Damage To Sheet Metal

.............................

322

Dead Battery. What

To

Do

If You Have

A

..............

221

.

..

.

-1

.

..

.

..

.

..

.

4

...

r

f7

t1

r

.

r

P;

Driver’s Side S.I.R.

(“Air

Bag”)

........................

27

Driving

And the Road.

Your

..............................

163

At Night

.......................................

188

Defensive

......................................

172

HillandMountain

...............................

201

In A Foreign Country

............................

261

In Cities

........................................

196

In Fog. Mist And Haze

...........................

194

On

Snow Or

Ice

.................................

207

In The Rain

.....................................

191

In Winter

.......................................

206

On A Long Trip

.................................

199

On The Freeway

.................................

197

OnTheRoad

...................................

200

On

Curves

......................................

183

Through

Deep Standing Water

......................

79

Winter

.........................................

206

Drunken Driving

...................................

173

Dual Braking System

................................

124

Electric Outside Mirror Control

......................

114

Electrical Equipment. Adding

.....................

152. 326

Electronic Climate Control

..........................

144

Electronic Level Control

............................

142

Electronic Solar Sensor

.............................

148

Emergencies. Braking In

............................

182

Emergencies. Steering In

............................

184

Emergency Towing

.................................

227

Engine

Block Heater

....................................

78

Change

Oil

Indicator

.............................

140

Coolant

........................................

280

Exhaust

.........................................

91

Oil

............................................

266

Oil Additives

....................................

273

OilLight

.......................................

128

Oil. When To Change

............................

273

Overheating

....................................

230

Speed Limiter (Northstar)

........................

129

Ethanol

In

Gasoline

................................

260

Emergency Starting. Discharged Battery

...............

221

Coolant Temperature Warning Lights

...............

126

Warning Light About Need For Service

.............

126

5

Exhaust. Caution

.................................

91. 209

Exhaust. Dangerous Gas In

........................

91. 209

Expectant Mothers. Use Of Safety Belts By

..............

33

Explanation of Maint

.

Service

........

See Maint

.

Book.

p.18

Express

Down

Window (Driver’s Side)

..................

93

Expressway Driving

.................................

197

Extender. Safety Belt

................................

60

Exterior Appearance

................................

314

Fabric. Foam-Type Cleaner On

.......................

316

Fabric. Solvent-Type Cleaner

On

......................

317

Features And Controls

...............................

62

Filling Your Fuel Tank

..............................

261

Filter. Oil

.........................................

335

Finish Damage

.....................................

322

First Gear. When

To

Use

.............................

84

Flash-To-Pass Feature

................................

97

Flat Tire

..........................................

246

Flat Tire. Changing A

...............................

247

FloorMats

........................................

119

Fluid

Brake

..........................................

291

Headlight Washer

................................

288

Power Steering

..................................

285

Transaxle

.......................................

276

Windshield Washer

..............................

287

Fluid Capacities

....................................

349

Fluids

&

Lubricants. Recommended

...

See Maint

.

Book.

p.38

Fluid Usage Label

..................................

265

FM

Stereo Radio Reception

.........................

151

Foam-Type Cleaner

On

Fabric

........................

316

Fog Lights (ETC)

..................................

108

Fog. Driving In

.....................................

194

Francais. Guide En

......................

See Introduction

Freeway Driving

...................................

197

French Language Manual

.................

See Introduction

Front Seatbacks. Reclining

............................

798

Fuel

..............................................

259

FuelDataPanel

....................................

131

Fasteners. Replacement

.............................

259

Fetus.

Risk

To

..

From Safety Belt Use

..................

34

Flooded Engine. Starting A

...........................

77

Fog: Getting It

Off

the Windshield

....................

147

Freeing

Car

From Sand.

Mud.

Ice

or Snow

.............

256

.

1.

rz

.*

I..

.

r

7-

.

I

How

The

Air

Bag System Works

.......................

29

How

To

Operate Your

Sound

System

..................

153

Hydroplaning

......................................

192

How

To

Obtain Roadside Service

........

See Roadside Serv

.

How

To

Use This Manual

..............................

1

How

To

Wear Safety Belts Properly

.....................

19

I

Ice.

If

You’re Stuck In

...............................

256

Identification Label. Service Parts

.....................

326

Identification Number. Vehicle

.......................

325

Idling Your Engine

..................................

92

If

A

Tire

Goes Flat

.................................

246

Ignition Key Positions

................................

75

Illuminated Entry System

.............................

66

Indicator. Bulbs For Turn Signal

......................

334

Indicators. Warning. On Instrument Panel

..............

123

Infant Restraint

.....................................

44

Inflatable Restraint Light

.............................

28

Inflation. Tire Pressure

..............................

306

Information Center. Driver

..........................

132

Information System On Instrument Panel

..............

123

Inside Mirrors (Manual)

.............................

111

Inspection. Tire

....................................

308

Instrument Panel

...................................

120

Instrument Panel Warning Lights

.....................

123

Interior Cleaning

...................................

316

Interior Lights

.....................................

108

Introduction

..............

See Front

of

Owner Info

.

Manual

1

J

i

Jacking And Removing Flat Tire

......................

247

Jump Starting

......................................

221

K

Keys

..............................................

62

Keys. Ignition

.......................................

75

Keyless Entry. Remote

...............................

66

Kilometer Indicator

................................

122

c

i

L

n

r

I'

'

I

p.

i

II

I

r

'r

1

r

r?

r!

Label. Fluid Usage

.................................

265

Lane Change Indicator

...............................

96

Lap Belt

...........................................

39

Larger Children and Safety Belts

.......................

56

Leaking.

Of

Exhaust Into

Your

Car

..................

91. 209

Leather. Cleaning

..................................

318

Light.

Air

Bag

.

System

................................

28

Lamp Housings

....................................

294

Lap-Shoulder Belt

...................................

20

Leaving Your Vehicle

................................

66

Light. Battery Charge

...............................

127

Light. Security

......................................

73

Light. Safety Belt Reminder

.........................

12. 19

Light. Service Engine Soon

..........................

126

Light. Engine Oil

...................................

128

Light. Engine Temp

.................................

126

Light. Turn Signal Indicator

...........................

96

Libt. Underhood

..................................

Lii

Lig

LO;

Lo;

Iter. Cigarette

..................................

Its

............................................

Its. Battery Charge

..............................

Its. Fog (ETC)

..................................

Its. Interior

.....................................

Its.

Operation

of

................................

Its.

Reading

....................................

Its. Tkaffic

......................................

lding

..

Tires

....................................

.ding Your Vehicle

...............................

Its. Warning. On Instrument Panel

.................

109

118

106

127

108

107

110

170

123

303

Log. 0;erating Record

..............

See Maint

.

Book. p.44

Long Distance Driving

..............................

199

Loss

Of

Control

....................................

187

Low Battery. What To Do About

A

....................

221

Low Oil Pressure. Warning Light For

..................

128

Lubricants. Recommended

...........

See Maint

.

Book. p.38

Lumbar Control Switch

...............................

9

Maintenance

......................

See Maintenance Book

A Word About

...................

See Maint

.

Book.

p.2

Coupons

........................

See Maint

.

Book. All

Explanation

of

Services

....

See Maint

.

Book. p.18,20,22,24

Oil

Change

......................

See Maint

.

Book. p.2

Owner Checks

.............

See Maint

.

Book. p.26,28,30

.

Operating Record Log

..........

See Maint

.

Book.

p.44-80

Recommended Fluids

.......

See Maint

.

Book.

p.38,40,42

Service Ctr

.

Inspec

.

&

Sew

...

See Maint

.

Book.

p.32,34,36

Schedules

...............

See Maint

.

Book.

p.10,12,14,16

Service Station Owner Checks

......

See Maint

.

Book.

p.8

Maintenance Record

................

See Maint

.

Book.

p.44

Markings. Pavement

................................

171

Master Cylinder. Brake

..............................

289

Methanol In Gasoline

...............................

260

Mileage Indicator

..................................

122

Mirrors. Inside Daymight Rearview

...................

111

Mirrors. Outside

...................................

114

Mist. Driving In

....................................

194

Mobile Telephone. Adding

A

......................

152. 326

Mountain Driving

..................................

201

MTBE In Gasoline

.................................

260

Mud.

If

You’re Stuck In

.............................

256

Mirrors. Front Seat Vanity

...........................

113

N

“N” (Neutral) Gear Position

..........................

82

New Vehicle “Break-In”

..............................

75

Night. Driving At

...................................

188

Night Vision

.......................................

189

Notices About Damage

................................

2

.

.I

..

LA

..

LA

.

0

Occupant Restraint

..................................

12

Octane Required For Your Car

.......................

259

Odometer

.........................................

123

Odometer And Speedometer

.........................

122

Odometer. Trip

....................................

123

Off

(Ignition Key Position)

............................

76

Off

Road Recovery

.................................

185

Oil. Engine

........................................

266

Oil. When

To

Change Your Engine

....................

273

Oil Life Indicator

...................................

140

Oil Quality

........................................

271

Oil Thickness (Viscosity)

............................

272

Operating Record

..................

See Maint

.

Book. p

.

44

Operation

in

Foreign Countries

.......................

261

OutsideAir

.......................................

143

Outside Mirrors

....................................

114

.

L-

c-

..

.

...

10

n

f7

r

Overdrive. Automatic

................................

82

Overheated Engine. Warning Light For

................

126

Owner Checks

&

Services

............

See Maint

.

Book,

p.26

P

“PYy (Park) Position

..................................

80

Park Position

.......................................

80

Park, Shifting Into

...................................

86

Park, Shifting Out

Of

................................

89

Parking Brake

......................................

84

Parking Downhill

...................................

204

Parking On

Hills

...................................

203

Parking Over Things That Burn

........................

90

Parking Ukhill

.....................................

204

Paint Spotting. Chemical

............................

323

PASS Key (Personalized Automotive Security Sys)

......

74

Passing Another Vehicle

.............................

186

Pavement Markings

.................................

171

Perception Time.

In

Braking

.........................

177

Possible Damage to

Your

Cadillac. Notices About

.........

2

Possible

Injury

Tb

People. Cautions About

................

1

Antenna. Cleaning The

...........................

161

Pedal Travel. Brake

.................................

182

Polishing and Waxing

...............................

321

Power

Door Lucks

......................................

65

Seat Controls

.....................................

6

Steering

........................................

182

Steering Fluid

...................................

285

Windows

........................................

93

Problems On The Road

.............................

218

Product Sew

.

Publications

............

See Owner Assistance

Proper Safety Belt Usage. For Adults

...................

19

pull Down System.

’Runk

.............................

71

Pregnancy. Use

Of

Safety Belts During

.................

33

“R” (Reverse) Gear Position

..........................

81

Racing. Shifting When Your Engine Is

..................

82

Radiator Overheating

...............................

236

Radiator Pressure

Cap

..............................

284

Radio. Wo.Way. Adding A

.......................

155326

Radio Systems

.....................................

150

Rain.

Driving

In

....................................

191

Reaction Time. In Braking

...........................

177

11

I

Reading Lights

.....................................

110

Rear Ashtray

......................................

118

Rear Window Defogger

.............................

148

Reclining Seat

.......................................

7

Recovery,

Off

Road

.................................

185

Recreational Vehicle, Towing A

.......................

211

Remote Fuel Door

.................................

262

Remote Trunk Release

...............................

71

Remote Keyless Entry

................................

66

Replacement Fasteners

..............................

259

Replacing Brake System Parts

........................

292

Replacing Safety Belts

...............................

60

Replacing Tires

....................................

309

Replacing Wheels

..................................

312

Reporting Safety Defects

to Canadian Gov’t.

................

See Owner Assistance

to General Motors

................

See Owner Assistance

to

U.S.

Gov’t

.....................

See Owner Assistance

Restarting Your Car When It’s Moving

.................

82

Restraint, Infant

....................................

44

Restraint, Occupant

.................................

12

Restraint Systems, Checking Your

......................

60

Restraints, Child

....................................

44

Restraints, Head

....................................

10

Restraints, Larger Children

...........................

56

Retained Accessory Power

...........................

327

Reverse Gear Position

...............................

81

“

Riding” The Brakes

...............................

178

Road Sensing Suspension

............................

139

Road, Your Driving And The

.........................

163

Road Signs

........................................

163

Roads, Hill and Mountain

...........................

201

Rocking Your Car

Out

Of

Snow, Ice, Sand Or Mud

......

257

Rotation, Tire

.....................................

308

Rotate, If You’re Stuck

And

Your Front Wheels Can’t

.....

84

Run (Ignition Key Position)

...........................

76

Running Your Engine While You’re Parked

..............

92

Recommended Fluids

&

Lubricants

...

See Maint. Book,

p.38

P---

c.+

S

Safety Belt Extender

.................................

60

Safety Belt Reminder Light

.........................

12,19

Safety Belt Replacement, Need For

....................

60

Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy

.....................

33

Safety Belt Usage By Adults

...........................

19

Safety Belt Usage By Children

.........................

41

n

r

Safety Belts

........................................

12

Safety Belts. Center Rear Passenger’s Position

...........

39

Safety Belts. Cleaning

...............................

319

Safety Belts.

How

To

Wear Properly

....................

19

Safety Belts.

Torn

....................................

61

Safety Belts. Rear Seat

...............................

35

Safety Belts. Replacing After A Crash

..................

60

Safety Belts: They’re For Everyone

.....................

12

Safety Belts. Msted

.................................

26

Safety Belts. Why

To

Wear

............................

13

Safety Cautions

......................................

1

Safety Belts. Right Front. Adult Passenger

...............

34

Safety Defects

Reporting to Canadian Gov’t

.......

See Owner Assistance

Reporting to General Motors

.......

See Owner Assistance

Reporting to

U.S.

Gov‘t

............

See Owner Assistance

Safety Warnings

......................................

1

Sand.

If

You’re Stuck In

.............................

256

Schedule

I

Maint

.

Sew

...............

See Maint

.

Book,

p.14

Explanation

of

..................

See Maint

.

Book,

p.18

Seat. Lumbar and Heated

..............................

9

Seatback Latches

....................................

11

Seat Belt (Any Subject)

..............................

12

Seats and Safety Belts

.................................

6

Seat Controls

........................................

6

Second Gear. When

To

Use

...........................

83

Securing

A

Child Restraint

.............................

47

Selecting the Right Schedule

.........

See Maint

.

Book. p

.

12

Service and Appearance Care

........................

258

Service Center Inspec

.

&

Sen

.........

See Maint

.

Book.

p.32

Service Engine Soon Warning Light

...................

126

Service Information

..................

See Owner Assistance

Service Parts Identification Label

.....................

326

Service Station Checks

...............

See Maint

.

Book. p.8

Servicing Cadillac with the

Air

Bag System

..............

32

Setting The Clock

..................................

160

Setting The Tkip Odometer

..........................

123

Sheet Metal Damage

................................

322

Shift

Lever. Console

.................................

88

Shift

Lever. Positions Of

..............................

80

Shift Lever. Steering Column

..........................

86

Shifting Out Of Park

.................................

89

Signaling

Tbms

.....................................

96

Signs.

Road

.......................................

163

Schedule I1 Maint

.

Sew

..............

See Maint

.

Book. p.16

Scheduled Maint

.

Serv.,

Shifting Into Park

...................................

86

13

S.1.R

...............................................

27

Skidding

..........................................

187

Slippery Surfaces. Driving On

........................

207

Smaller Children. Use Of Lap-Shoulder Belt

.............

42

Snow. If You’re Stuck In Deep

........................

210

Snow Or Ice. Driving On

............................

207

Snowstorm. If You’re Caught

In

A Bad

................

209

Solvent-?lpe Cleaner On Fabric

......................

317

Sound

Equipment. Adding

........................

152. 326

Sound System. How to Operate Your

..................

153

Spare Tire. Compact

................................

255

Spark Plug Replacement

............

See Maint

.

Book.

p.22

Specifications

......................................

336

Speedometer And Odometer

.........................

122

Speed Sensitive Steering

.............................

139

Speed Sensitive Suspension

..........................

141

Stains. Removing

...................................

318

Start (Ignition Key Position)

..........................

76

Starting Your Engine

................................

76

Starting Your Car If The Battery Is “Dead”

.............

221

Steam From Hot (Overheated) Engine

.................

230

Steep Hill. Parking On

A

............................

203

Steering

..........................................

182

Steering Column Shift Lever

..........................

86

Steering

In

Emergencies

.............................

184

Steering Tips

......................................

183

Steering Wheel.

Tilt

.................................

94

Steering Without Power Assist

........................

182

Stereo Sound Systems

...............................

150

Storage. Center Console

..............................

70

Storing Your Vehicle

................................

293

Stuck. If Your Ignition

Key

Is

..........................

76

Stuck. If Car Is

.

In Sand. Mud. Ice Or Snow

............

256

Subscribing to Cadillac Prod

.

Serv

.

Pub

......

See

Own

.

Assist

.

Sunglass Compartment

..............................

116

Sunglasses. Wearing At Night

........................

189

Supplemental Inflatable Restraint (S.I.R.)

...............

27

Surge Tank Pressure Cap

............................

284

Symbols Used On Your Vehicle

.........................

3

1

b.*

7’-

..

.

.c?

.

T

Table Of Contents

.........

See Front of Owner Info

.

Manual

Tachometer

.......................................

129

Tmillight Bulb Replacement

..........................

296

Tamper-Resistance Of Odometer

.....................

123

Tape Player Care

...................................

160

c-

.

r

f

rJ

Temperature. Engine. Warning Light

..................

126

Theft

..............................................

72

Theft Deterrent System

..............................

73

Thermostat

........................................

284

Third Gear. When

Tb

Use

............................

83

Tilt Steering Wheel

..................................

94

Time. Setting The

..................................

160

Tire Chains

........................................

314

Tire. Flat

..........................................

247

Tire Pressure Inflation

..............................

306

Tire Inspection and Rotation

.........................

308

Tires

..

Loading

.....................................

303

Tire Quality Grading

................................

310

Tires

.............................................

305

Tires. When It's Time For New Tires

..................

309

Torn Safety Belts

....................................

61

Tbrque

Lock

(Auto Transaxle)

........................

205

Towing A Trailer

...................................

211

Towing Your Vehicle

................................

227

Traction Control System

.............................

119

Trademarks. GM

...................................

258

Traffic Lights

......................................

170

Traffic Officer

.....................................

172-

Trailer Towing

.....................................

211

Transaxle. Automatic

.................................

80

Transaxle Fluid

....................................

276

Transaxle Gear Positions

.............................

80

Transaxle Service

...................

See Maint

.

Book,

p.22

Travel. Brake Pedal

.................................

182

Trip Odometer

.....................................

123

Trunk Release. Remote

..............................

71

Wght Sentinel

...................................

107

misted Safety Belts

..................................

26

Turn Signal and Lane Change Indicator

.................

96

Turn SignaVHeadlight Beam

..........................

97

'Itvo

Children Wearing The Same Safety Belt

.............

58

U

Underbody Maintenance

............................

322

Underhood Light

...................................

109

Uniform Tire Quality Grading

........................

310

Uphill. Parking

.....................................

204

Upholstery Care

...................................

316

Unleaded Gasoline

.................................

259

Urban Driving

.....................................

196

Used Oil. How

XI

Dispose

Of

........................

274

15

V

Vanity Mirrors, Front Seat

...........................

113

Vehicle Damage Warnings

.............................

2

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)

..................

325

Vehicle Storage

....................................

293

Vehicle Symbols

......................................

3

Vents

.............................................

143

Vinyl, Cleaning

....................................

318

W

Warning Lights.

....................................

123

Flashers, Warning Hazard

.........................

219

Light, Anti-Lock Brake System

....................

125

Light, Brake System

..............................

124

Light, Engine Oil Pressure

........................

128

Lights, Service Engine Soon

.......................

126

Lights: What To Do

If

One Goes On

................

123

Warnings, Safety

.....................................

1

Warnings, Vehicle Damage

.............................

2

Washer, Headlight

..................................

100

Washer, Windshield

..................................

99

Water, Don’t Use

--

For Windshield Washer

............

100

Wear Indicators, Disc Brake

.........................

181

Weatherstrips, Cleaning

.............................

321

Wet Road Driving

..................................

191

Wheel Alignment And Tire Balance

...................

312

Wheel Nut Torque

..................................

254

Wheel Replacement

................................

312

Why Safety Belts Work

...............................

13

Why Wear Safety Belts?

..............................

12

Windows, Power

....................................

93

Windshield

CleaningThe

...................................

320

Washer

..........................................

99

Washer Fluid

....................................

287

Wipers

..........................................

98

Wiper Blade Replacement

........................

299

Wipers:

If

They Stop

.............................

333

Winter Driving

.....................................

206

Working

On

Your Vehicle

...........................

258

Worn Tires

........................................

309

Wrecker Towing

....................................

227

Lights, On Instrument Panel

.......................

123

Window Express Down, Driver’s Side

...................

93

16

L

.

4

c-

r

,

v,

W

1

I

c

Cadillac 1993 Eldorado Owners Manual Owner's

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation